WO2023210378A1 - Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article manufacturing method, and article - Google Patents

Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article manufacturing method, and article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023210378A1
WO2023210378A1 PCT/JP2023/014916 JP2023014916W WO2023210378A1 WO 2023210378 A1 WO2023210378 A1 WO 2023210378A1 JP 2023014916 W JP2023014916 W JP 2023014916W WO 2023210378 A1 WO2023210378 A1 WO 2023210378A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
surface treatment
carbon atoms
bonded
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/014916
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
弘毅 渡邉
元志 青山
Original Assignee
Agc株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Agc株式会社 filed Critical Agc株式会社
Publication of WO2023210378A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023210378A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F7/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic System
    • C07F7/02Silicon compounds
    • C07F7/08Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
    • C07F7/18Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G65/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G65/02Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from cyclic ethers by opening of the heterocyclic ring
    • C08G65/32Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment
    • C08G65/329Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment with organic compounds
    • C08G65/336Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment with organic compounds containing silicon
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K3/00Materials not provided for elsewhere
    • C09K3/18Materials not provided for elsewhere for application to surfaces to minimize adherence of ice, mist or water thereto; Thawing or antifreeze materials for application to surfaces

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to compounds, compositions, surface treatment agents, methods of manufacturing articles, and articles.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a surface treatment agent containing a perfluoro(poly)ether group-containing silane compound and a perfluoro(poly)ether group-containing amidosilane compound.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a composition containing an organosilicon compound having at least one trialkylsilyl group and two or more hydrolyzable silicon groups, and a metal compound having at least one hydrolyzable group bonded to a metal atom. things are listed.
  • Patent Document 3 describes a method for producing an organic thin film using an organic solvent solution containing a metal surfactant having at least one hydrolyzable group or hydroxyl group.
  • compositions used as surface treatment agents and the like are required to be further improved in terms of water repellency and abrasion resistance.
  • the present disclosure has been made in view of the above circumstances, and the problem to be solved by an embodiment of the present invention is to form a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a base material.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide novel compounds and compositions useful as surface treatment agents.
  • the problem to be solved by an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a surface treatment agent that can form a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a base material.
  • the problem to be solved by an embodiment of the present invention is to provide an article having a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, and a method for manufacturing the same.
  • the present disclosure includes the following aspects.
  • ⁇ 1> A compound containing a triptycene skeleton, a reactive silyl group, and a hydrophobic partial structure.
  • the reactive silyl group is bonded to either the 9-position or the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the other of the 9-position and 10-position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group, The compound described in ⁇ 1>.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms, ⁇ 1> Compounds described in. ⁇ 4>
  • the hydrophobic partial structure includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms, ⁇ 2> Compounds described in. ⁇ 5> A compound represented by the following formula (1).
  • T is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • Z is each independently a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, or an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms
  • L 1 is a single bond or a (m+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 9-position of the linking group represented by Tr
  • Tr is a linking group obtained by removing the hydrogen atom at the 9-position and the hydrogen atom at the 10-position from triptycene
  • Y 1 is a single bond or a (g+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 10th position of the linking group represented by Tr
  • R 1 is each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group
  • L 2 is each independently a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group
  • ⁇ 6> The compound according to ⁇ 5>, wherein m in the formula (1) is 1.
  • ⁇ 7> A composition comprising the compound according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6> and a liquid medium.
  • ⁇ 8> A surface treatment agent containing the compound according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>.
  • the surface treatment agent according to ⁇ 8> further comprising a liquid medium.
  • a method for manufacturing an article comprising performing a surface treatment on a base material using the surface treatment agent according to ⁇ 8> to manufacture an article having a surface treatment layer formed on the base material.
  • a method for manufacturing an article comprising performing a surface treatment on a base material using the surface treatment agent according to ⁇ 9> to manufacture an article having a surface treatment layer formed on the base material.
  • An article comprising a base material and a surface treatment layer disposed on the base material and surface treated with the surface treatment agent according to ⁇ 8>.
  • novel compounds and compositions useful as a surface treatment agent capable of forming a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a substrate are provided.
  • a surface treatment agent capable of forming a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a base material is provided.
  • an article having a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, and a method for manufacturing the article are provided.
  • numerical ranges indicated using “ ⁇ ” include the numerical values written before and after " ⁇ " as minimum and maximum values, respectively.
  • each component may contain multiple types of corresponding substances. If there are multiple types of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, the content rate or content of each component is the total content rate or content of the multiple types of substances present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. means quantity.
  • the upper limit or lower limit described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit or lower limit of another numerical range described step by step.
  • the upper limit or lower limit of the numerical range may be replaced with the values shown in the Examples.
  • the term “layer” or “film” refers to the case where the layer or film is formed only in a part of the region, in addition to the case where the layer or film is formed in the entire region when observing the region where the layer or film is present. This also includes cases where it is formed.
  • the term “surface treated layer” refers to a layer formed on the surface of a base material by surface treatment.
  • a compound or group is represented by a specific formula (X)
  • the compound or group represented by the formula (X) may be referred to as a compound (X) and a group (X), respectively.
  • a (poly)oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure include a triptycene skeleton, a reactive silyl group, and a hydrophobic moiety.
  • a surface treated layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance can be formed.
  • the reason for this is not certain, it is assumed as follows. Since the compound of the present disclosure contains a triptycene skeleton, it is easily oriented on the surface of a substrate. Therefore, in the compound of the present disclosure, the reactive silyl group is in close contact with the base material in an oriented state due to the action of the triptycene skeleton, and the hydrophobic partial structures are arranged on the surface. Therefore, it is considered that by using a composition containing the compound of the present disclosure, a surface treatment layer having excellent both water repellency and abrasion resistance can be formed on a substrate.
  • triptycene skeleton Compounds of the present disclosure include a triptycene skeleton.
  • the triptycene skeleton refers to a partial structure obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from triptycene.
  • the chemical structure and position numbers of triptycene are shown below.
  • a reactive silyl group and a hydrophobic partial structure are bonded directly or via a linking group to the triptycene skeleton contained in the compound of the present disclosure.
  • the bonding positions of the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure in the triptycene skeleton are not particularly limited. That is, the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure may each be bonded to any of the 1st to 16th positions in the triptycene skeleton.
  • the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure may be bonded to different positions in the triptycene skeleton, respectively, or may be bonded to one position of the triptycene skeleton via a trivalent or higher valent linking group.
  • the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure are preferably bonded to different positions in the triptycene skeleton, and are bonded to opposite sides of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton. More preferably, they are combined.
  • the two or more reactive silyl groups may be bonded to different positions on the triptycene skeleton, and one of the reactive silyl groups may be bonded to one of the triptycene skeletons via a trivalent or higher valent linking group. May be combined in one position. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, it is preferable that all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to one side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton, and bonded to one position of the triptycene skeleton. It is more preferable to do so.
  • the two or more hydrophobic partial structures may be bonded to different positions in the triptycene skeleton, and one of the hydrophobic partial structures may be bonded to one of the triptycene skeletons via a trivalent or higher valent linking group. May be combined in one position. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, it is preferable that all two or more hydrophobic partial structures are bonded to one side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton, and bonded to one position of the triptycene skeleton. It is more preferable to do so.
  • the compound of the present disclosure has a reactive silyl group bonded to either the 9-position or the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton, and a hydrophobic partial structure. It is preferable that it be bonded to the other of the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton.
  • the compound of the present disclosure has a reactive silyl group bonded to the 9-position of the triptycene skeleton and a hydrophobic partial structure bonded to the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton, or has a reactive silyl group bonded to the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton. It is preferable that a hydrophobic silyl group is bonded thereto, and a hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the 9-position of the triptycene skeleton.
  • the compound of the present disclosure contains two or more reactive silyl groups
  • at least one reactive silyl group among the two or more reactive silyl groups is bonded to one of the 9-position and 10-position of the triptycene skeleton.
  • At least one hydrophobic partial structure among the two or more hydrophobic partial structures may be bonded to one of the 9-position and 10-position of the triptycene skeleton.
  • the compound of the present disclosure includes two or more reactive silyl groups and two or more hydrophobic moieties
  • at least one reactive silyl group is bonded to one of the 9- and 10-positions of the triptycene skeleton
  • at least one hydrophobic moieties are bonded to the other of the 9- and 10-positions of the triptycene skeleton.
  • all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to one side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton, and all two or more hydrophobic substructures are bonded to the other side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton. It is more preferable.
  • all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to either the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton, and all of the two or more hydrophobic partial structures are bonded to the other of the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton. More preferably, it is bonded to.
  • the triptycene skeleton may have substituents other than the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure.
  • substituents include an alkyl group having 9 or less carbon atoms, a halogen atom (specifically, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine), a hydroxy group, an amino group, and a carbonyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group as another substituent is preferably 5 or less, and may be 3 or less, for example.
  • the bonding positions of the other substituents on the triptycene skeleton are not particularly limited.
  • the positions where neither the reactive silyl group nor the hydrophobic partial structure are bonded are Can be mentioned.
  • the triptycene skeleton has no other substituents.
  • the compound of the present disclosure only needs to have one or more triptycene skeletons in one molecule, and may have two or more triptycene skeletons. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface-treated layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, it is preferable that one triptycene skeleton is contained in one molecule of the compound of the present disclosure.
  • Reactive silyl group Compounds of the present disclosure contain reactive silyl groups.
  • the reactive silyl group is located at the end of the compound.
  • a reactive silyl group means a group in which a reactive group is bonded to a Si atom.
  • the reactive group is preferably a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group.
  • a hydrolyzable group is a group that becomes a hydroxyl group through a hydrolysis reaction. That is, the hydrolyzable silyl group represented by Si-L becomes a silanol group represented by Si-OH through a hydrolysis reaction.
  • the silanol groups further react among themselves to form Si--O--Si bonds. Further, the silanol group can undergo a dehydration condensation reaction with a silanol group derived from an oxide present on the surface of the base material to form a Si--O--Si bond.
  • the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and an isocyanato group (-NCO).
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group of the aryloxy group includes a heteroaryl group.
  • the halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom.
  • the acyl group is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the acyloxy group is preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the reactive silyl group is preferably an alkoxysilyl group or a trichlorosilyl group. From the viewpoint of ease of handling by-products generated in the reaction with the base material, the reactive silyl group is more preferably an alkoxysilyl group.
  • the alkoxysilyl group is preferably a dialkoxysilyl group or a trialkoxysilyl group, and more preferably a trialkoxysilyl group.
  • the number of reactive silyl groups possessed by the compound of the present disclosure is 1 or more, and from the viewpoint of further improving the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer, the number is preferably 1 to 18, more preferably 2 to 12, and 2 to 8. More preferred.
  • the number of reactive silyl groups that the compound of the present disclosure has may be one.
  • R 1 is each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group
  • L 2 is each independently a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group
  • n is an integer from 0 to 2.
  • the multiple groups (2) may be the same or different. From the viewpoint of easy availability of raw materials and ease of manufacturing the compound, it is preferable that the plurality of groups (2) are the same.
  • Each R 1 is independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in R 1 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the hydrolyzable group is preferably the one described above.
  • L 2 is preferably an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) or a halogen atom from the viewpoint of excellent ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • L 2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of less outgassing during coating and better storage stability of the compound.
  • L 2 is more preferably an ethoxy group.
  • L 2 is more preferably a methoxy group.
  • at least one of L 2 is preferably the above group, and more preferably all of L 2 are the above groups.
  • n is an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • the presence of a plurality of L 2 makes the adhesion of the surface treatment layer to the base material stronger.
  • n is 1 or less, the plurality of L2s present in one molecule may be the same or different from each other. From the viewpoint of easy availability of raw materials and ease of manufacturing the compound, it is preferable that the plurality of L 2 's are the same.
  • n is 2
  • multiple R 1s present in one molecule may be the same or different from each other. From the viewpoint of easy availability of raw materials and ease of manufacturing the compound, it is preferable that a plurality of R 1 's are the same.
  • the reactive silyl group is bonded to the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group.
  • the linking group existing between the reactive silyl group and the triptycene skeleton may be any group that does not impair the purpose of the present disclosure, and is described below.
  • a polyvalent linking group illustrated as Y 1 in formula (1) can be mentioned.
  • hydrophobic partial structure means a partial structure that has a low affinity for water.
  • examples of the hydrophobic partial structure include partial structures that do not have a group that can be ionized in an aqueous solution or a group that can form a hydrogen bond.
  • examples of the group that can be ionized in an aqueous solution include an amino group and a carboxy group.
  • groups capable of hydrogen bonding include hydroxy groups and the like.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is preferably a chain partial structure.
  • a chain partial structure refers to a chain partial structure that does not include a cyclic structure.
  • the number of atoms constituting the main chain in the hydrophobic partial structure is 3 or more, preferably 10 or more, more preferably 15 or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treated layer with excellent water repellency. Further, from the viewpoint of wear resistance, the number of constituent atoms of the main chain in the hydrophobic partial structure is preferably 500 or less, more preferably 250 or less, and even more preferably 150 or less.
  • the number of constituent atoms of the main chain in the hydrophobic partial structure is preferably 3 to 500, more preferably 10 to 250, even more preferably 15 to 150.
  • the "number of atoms constituting the main chain” refers to the number of atoms constituting the longest linear chain in the hydrophobic partial structure.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain or a polyoxyalkylene chain
  • the total number of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms constituting the main chain is defined as the number of atoms constituting the main chain.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is a polydialkylsiloxane residue
  • the total number of silicon atoms and oxygen atoms that constitute the main chain and are alternately bonded is defined as the number of atoms constituting the main chain.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is an alkylene chain
  • the total number of carbon atoms constituting the main chain is defined as the number of atoms constituting the main chain.
  • the compound of the present disclosure is composed of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms as a hydrophobic partial structure. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of:
  • the number of hydrophobic partial structures possessed by the compound of the present disclosure is 1 or more, and from the viewpoint of further improving the abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the number is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1. .
  • the compound of the present disclosure includes two or more hydrophobic partial structures
  • the two or more hydrophobic partial structures may be different types of partial structures or may be the same type of partial structures.
  • the two or more hydrophobic partial structures are preferably of the same type from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • hydrophobic partial structures are the same type of partial structure, for example, when two or more hydrophobic partial structures are both polyoxyfluoroalkylene chains, two or more hydrophobic partial structures are both polyoxyfluoroalkylene chains.
  • examples include dialkylsiloxane residues, cases where two or more hydrophobic partial structures are all polyoxyalkylene chains, cases where two or more hydrophobic partial structures are all alkylene chains, etc.
  • two or more hydrophobic partial structures are of the same type, it is sufficient that they are the same type, and they may be different in carbon number, chain length, etc.
  • the polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain is represented by the following formula (C). (OX f ) k ...(C)
  • X f is each independently a fluoroalkylene group
  • k is an integer of 2 or more.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the fluoroalkylene group is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4 from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer.
  • the fluoroalkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, linear or branched is preferred. Preferably, linear is more preferable.
  • the fluoroalkylene group may be any alkylene group in which one or more fluorine atoms are bonded to each of the carbon atoms at both ends, and from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, it should be a perfluoroalkylene group. is preferred.
  • the fluoroalkylene group may have both a fluorine atom and a hydrogen atom.
  • the bonding position and number of hydrogen atoms in the fluoroalkylene group containing hydrogen atoms are not particularly limited.
  • X f examples include -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -C 2 F 4 -, -CF 2 CHF-, -C 3 F 6 -, -C 2 F 4 CHF-, -CF 2 CHFCF 2 -, -CF 2 CH 2 CF 2 -, -CF(CF 3 )CF 2 -, -C 4 F 8 -, -CHFC 3 F 6 -, -CF 2 CH 2 C 2 F 4 -, -CF(CF 3 ) C 2 F 4 -, -C 5 F 10 -, -CHFC 4 F 8 -, -C 2 F 4 CH 2 C 2 F 4 -, -C 6 F 12 -, -C 5 F 10 CHF-, -cycloC 4 F 6 -, -cycloC 5 F 8 -, and -cycloC 6 F 10 -.
  • -cycloC 4 F 6 - means a perfluorocyclobutanediyl group.
  • the perfluorocyclobutanediyl group include a perfluorocyclobutane-1,2-diyl group and a perfluorocyclobutane-1,3-diyl group.
  • -cycloC 5 F 8 - means a perfluorocyclopentanediyl group.
  • Examples of the perfluorocyclopentanediyl group include a perfluorocyclopentane-1,2-diyl group and a perfluorocyclopentane-1,3-diyl group.
  • -cycloC 6 F 10 - means a perfluorocyclohexanediyl group.
  • the perfluorocyclohexanediyl group include perfluorocyclohexane-1,2-diyl group, perfluorocyclohexane-1,3-diyl group, and perfluorocyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
  • the repetition number k of (OX f ) is an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 200, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, particularly preferably an integer of 5 to 100, and an integer of 10 to 50. Most preferred.
  • the k X fs included in formula (C) may be the same or different. That is, (OX f ) k may include two or more types of (OX f ).
  • the order in which two or more types of (OX f ) are combined is not limited, and may be arranged randomly, alternately, or in blocks. Containing two or more types of (OX f ) means that two or more types of (OX f ) with different numbers of carbon atoms exist in the compound, or two or more types with the same number of carbon atoms but different numbers of fluorine atoms.
  • (OX f ) exists, and even if the number of carbon atoms and the number of fluorine atoms are the same, the presence or absence of a side chain and the type of side chain (for example, the number of side chains, the number of carbon atoms in the side chain, etc.) are different2 This means that there are more than one species (OX f ).
  • the structure represented by ⁇ (OCF 2 ) k21 (OC 2 F 4 ) k22 ⁇ has k21 (OCF 2 ) and k22 (OC 2 F 4 ) are randomly arranged.
  • the structure represented by (OC 2 F 4 -OC 3 F 6 ) k25 means that k25 (OC 2 F 4 ) and k25 (OC 3 F 6 ) are arranged alternately. represent.
  • (OX f ) k is [(OCF 2 ) k1 (OC 2 F 4 ) k2 (OC 3 F 6 ) k3 (OC 4 F 8 ) k4 (OC 5 F 10 ) k5 (OC 6 F 12 ) k6 (O-cycloC 4 F 6 ) k7 (O-cycloC 5 F 8 ) k8 (O-cycloC 6 F 10 ) k9 ].
  • k1, k2, k3, k4, k5, k6, k7, k8, and k9 are each independently an integer greater than or equal to 0, and preferably less than or equal to 100.
  • k1 + k2 + k3 + k4 + k5 + k6 + k7 + k8 + k9 is an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 200, more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 100, and particularly preferably an integer of 10 to 50.
  • C 3 F 6 , C 4 F 8 , C 5 F 10 , and C 6 F 12 may be linear or branched, but the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer From the viewpoint of improving the properties, a straight chain is preferable. Note that the above formula represents the type and number of units, but does not represent the arrangement of the units.
  • k1 to k9 represent the number of units; for example, (OCF 2 ) k1 does not represent a block in which k1 (OCF 2 ) units are consecutive.
  • the order in which (OCF 2 ) to (O-cycloC 6 F 10 ) are written does not indicate that they are arranged in the order in which they are written.
  • the arrangement of different units can be random arrangement, alternating arrangement, block It may be either an arrangement or a combination of these arrangements.
  • (OX f ) k preferably includes a structure in which consecutive (OX f )s are represented by -(OX f1 -OX f2 ) k10 -.
  • X f1 is a fluoroalkylene group
  • X f2 is a fluoroalkylene group different from X f1
  • k10 is an integer of 1 or more
  • 2 ⁇ (2 ⁇ k10) ⁇ k Specific examples of the fluoroalkylene group represented by X f1 and the fluoroalkylene group represented by X f2 are the same as those of the fluoroalkylene group represented by X f .
  • (OX f ) k preferably has at least one of the following structures as a part thereof. ⁇ (OCF 2 ) k11 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k12 ⁇ , (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k13 , (OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k14 , (OCF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k15 , (OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k17 , (OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 ) k17 , (OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 ) k17 , (OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k17 , (OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 CF 2
  • k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k20, k21, and k22 are integers greater than or equal to 1, and the upper limit is the upper limit of the number of repetitions k of (OX f ).
  • k12/k11 is preferably from 0.1 to 10, and from 0.2 to 10, from the viewpoint of better abrasion resistance and water repellency of the surface treatment layer. 5.0 is more preferred, 0.2 to 2.0 is even more preferred, 0.2 to 1.5 is particularly preferred, and 0.2 to 0.85 is most preferred.
  • the fluorination rate expressed by the following formula in (OX f ) k is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 80% or more, from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer. More preferably, it is 100% perfluoropolyether.
  • Fluorination rate (%) (number of fluorine atoms) / ⁇ (number of fluorine atoms) + (number of hydrogen atoms) ⁇ x 100
  • the polydialkylsiloxane residue is a divalent chain organopolysiloxane residue.
  • a partial structure represented by the following formula (B1) is preferable.
  • R 3 is each independently an alkyl group, and X 2 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 3 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and among these, a linear alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group is preferable, and a linear alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group is preferable. More preferred are alkyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 3 is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 3 is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group, and even more preferably a methyl group.
  • the (2 ⁇ X2+2) R 3 's included in formula (B1) may be the same or different.
  • X2 is an integer of 1 or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treated layer with excellent water repellency, it is preferably 5 to 200, more preferably 10 to 100, and even more preferably 20 to 80. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treated layer with excellent wear resistance, X2 is preferably from 9 to 50, more preferably from 11 to 30, particularly preferably from 11 to 25.
  • the polyoxyalkylene chain is represented by the following formula (A). ( OXh ) X3 ...(A)
  • X h is each independently an alkylene group, and X3 is an integer of 2 or more.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, even more preferably 3 to 8, particularly preferably 3 to 6, 4 to 6 are highly preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 3 or more, especially from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency of the surface treatment layer.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the alkylene group is preferably linear or branched. , linear is more preferable.
  • (OX h ) include -OCH 2 -, -OC 2 H 4 -, -OC 3 H 6 -, -OC 4 H 8 -, -OC 5 H 10 -, -OC 6 H 12 -, -OCH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -OCH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -O-cycloC 4 H 6 -, -O-cycloC 5 H 8 -, and -O-cycloC 6 H 10 - Can be mentioned.
  • -cycloC 4 H 6 - means a cyclobutanediyl group.
  • Examples of the cyclobutanediyl group include a cyclobutane-1,2-diyl group and a cyclobutane-1,3-diyl group.
  • -cycloC 5 H 8 - means a cyclopentanediyl group.
  • Examples of the cyclopentanediyl group include a cyclopentane-1,2-diyl group and a cyclopentane-1,3-diyl group.
  • -cycloC 6 H 10 - means a cyclohexanediyl group.
  • Examples of the cyclohexanediyl group include a cyclohexane-1,2-diyl group, a cyclohexane-1,3-diyl group, and a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
  • the repetition number X3 of (OX h ) is an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 3 or more, more preferably an integer of 3 to 200, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, an integer of 5 to 100. is particularly preferred, and an integer of 10 to 50 is most preferred.
  • the X3 X hs included in formula (A) may be the same or different. That is, (OX h ) X3 may contain two or more types of (OX h ). The order in which two or more types of (OX h ) are combined is not limited, and may be arranged randomly, alternately, or in blocks.
  • Containing two or more types of (OX h ) means that there are two or more types of (OX h ) with different numbers of carbon atoms in the compound, and even if the number of carbon atoms is the same, the presence or absence of side chains and the side This means that there are two or more types of (OX h ) having different chain types (for example, number of side chains, number of carbon atoms in side chains, etc.).
  • the arrangement of two or more types of (OX h ) for example, the structure represented by ⁇ (OCH 2 ) m21 (OC 2 H 4 ) m22 ⁇ has m21 (OCH 2 )s and m22 (OC 2 H 4 ) H 4 ) are randomly arranged.
  • the structure represented by (OC 2 H 4 -OC 3 H 6 ) m25 means that m25 (OC 2 H 4 ) and m25 (OC 3 H 6 ) are arranged alternately. represent.
  • m11, m12, m13, m14, m15, m16, m17, m18, and m19 are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and preferably 100 or less.
  • m11 + m12 + m13 + m14 + m15 + m16 + m17 + m18 + m19 is an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 200, more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 100, particularly preferably an integer of 10 to 50.
  • m13+m14+m15+m16+m17+m18+m19 is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably 2 to 200. Furthermore, among these, m13 is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably 2 to 200.
  • C 3 H 6 , C 4 H 8 , C 5 H 10 , and C 6 H 12 may be linear or branched, but the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer From the viewpoint of improving the properties, a straight chain is preferable.
  • the above formula represents the type and number of units, but does not represent the arrangement of the units. That is, m11 to m19 represent the number of units; for example, (OCH 2 ) m11 does not represent a block containing m11 consecutive (OCH 2 ) units. Similarly, the order in which (OCH 2 ) to (O-cycloC 6 H 10 ) are written does not indicate that they are arranged in the order in which they are written. In the above formula, when 2 or more of m11 to m19 are not 0 (that is, when ( OX h ) or a combination of these sequences.
  • (OX h ) X3 preferably has the following structure. (OC 2 H 4 ) m21 , (OC 3 H 6 ) m22 , (OC 2 H 4 ) m23 (OC 3 H 6 ) m24 , (OC 2 H 4 -OC 3 H 6 ) m25 , (OC 4 H 8 ) m26 , (OC 3 H 6 ) m27 (OC 4 H 8 ) m28 , (OC 3 H 6 -OC 4 H 8 ) m29 .
  • m21 is an integer of 2 or more
  • m22 is an integer of 2 or more
  • m23 and m24 are each independently an integer of 1 or more
  • m25 is an integer of 1 or more
  • m26 is an integer of 1 or more
  • m27 and m28 are each independently an integer of 1 or more
  • m29 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene chain is 10 or more, preferably 12 or more, more preferably 14 or more, and even more preferably 16 or more from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene chain may be 21 or more. From the viewpoint of wear resistance, the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene chain is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 60 or less, and even more preferably 40 or less.
  • the alkylene chain preferably has 12 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 14 to 60 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 16 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene chain may be linear, branched, or cyclic. From the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the alkylene chain is preferably linear or branched. The shape is more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group.
  • the connecting group existing between the hydrophobic partial structure and the triptycene skeleton may be any group that does not impair the purpose of the present disclosure, and is described below.
  • the polyvalent linking group illustrated as L 1 in formula (1) can be mentioned.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain
  • the terminal of the polyvalent linking group bonded to the polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain has a structure other than -CF 2 - or -CFH-.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is an alkylene chain
  • the terminal of the polyvalent linking group that is bonded to the alkylene chain has a structure other than -CH 2 -.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure may have a substituent.
  • the substituent that the hydrophobic partial structure has may be any group that does not impair the purpose of the present disclosure, and includes groups other than the above-mentioned reactive silyl group, specifically described as T in formula (1) below. Examples include monovalent organic groups.
  • the above-mentioned substituent is bonded, for example, to the end of the hydrophobic partial structure opposite to the end bonded to the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain or a polyoxyalkylene chain
  • the terminal bonded to the hydrophobic partial structure in the above substituent has a structure other than -O-.
  • the hydrophobic partial structure is an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms
  • the terminal of the substituent that is bonded to the hydrophobic partial structure has a structure other than -CH 2 -.
  • the compound of the present disclosure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1) from the viewpoint of excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance.
  • T is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • Z is each independently a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, or an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms
  • L 1 is a single bond or a (m+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 9-position of the linking group represented by Tr
  • Tr is a linking group obtained by removing the hydrogen atom at the 9-position and the hydrogen atom at the 10-position from triptycene
  • Y 1 is a single bond or a (g+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 10th position of the linking group represented by Tr
  • R 1 is each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group
  • L 2 is each independently a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group
  • m is an integer from 1 to 3
  • n is an integer from 0 to 2
  • g is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Z in formula (1) is the same as the above-mentioned polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, polydialkylsiloxane residue, polyoxyalkylene chain, or alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms as a hydrophobic partial structure, so the explanation will be omitted.
  • Tr in formula (1) has a hydrophobic partial structure bonded to the 9th position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group, and a reactive silyl group bonded to the 10th position directly or via a linking group. Since this is the same as the one to be combined, the explanation will be omitted.
  • R 1 , L 2 , and n in formula (1) are the same as R 1 , L, and n in formula (2) described above as the reactive silyl group.
  • T in formula (1) is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • m is 2 or more, two or more T's contained in the compound represented by formula (1) may be the same or different from each other.
  • the monovalent organic group represented by T includes substituents such as an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, a group -MR 2 3 , an aryl group, a fluoroaryl group, and a monovalent polysiloxane residue; Examples include groups that combine these substituents and linking groups.
  • M is Si, Sn, or Ge, and Si is preferable. That is, the group -MR 2 3 is preferably -SiR 2 3 .
  • Each R 2 is independently a hydrocarbon group or a trialkylsilyloxy group.
  • Linking groups to be combined with the above substituents include alkylene groups, arylene groups, carbonyl groups, ether bonds, thioether bonds, sulfonyl groups, -NR 4 -, -SiR 4 2 -, and the like.
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group.
  • Two or more of these linking groups may be used in combination, or two or more types of these linking groups may be used in combination.
  • Examples of the linking group in which two or more of the above linking groups are combined include an ester bond, a thioester bond, an amide bond, a sulfonamide bond, a combination of an arylene group and an ether bond, and the like.
  • Combinations of the above-mentioned substituents and linking groups include the combination of the group -SiR 2 3 and an alkylene group, the combination of the group -SiR 2 3 and an ether bond, the combination of an aryl group and an ether bond, and the combination of a fluoroalkyl group and an arylene group.
  • Examples include a combination of a group and an ether bond, a combination of a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an arylene group, and an ether bond, a combination of a fluoroaryl group and an ether bond, and the like.
  • the alkyl group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and among them, a linear alkyl group or Cyclic alkyl groups are preferred, and linear alkyl groups are more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group, and even more preferably a methyl group.
  • the fluoroalkyl group that may be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among these, a linear fluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a linear fluoroalkyl group is preferable. A perfluoroalkyl group is more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the fluoroalkyl group is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the fluoroalkyl group is more preferably a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, an n-heptafluoropropyl group, or an n-nonafluorobutyl group, and even more preferably a trifluoromethyl group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by R 2 of the group -SiR 2 3 that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-propyl group is preferable.
  • -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is even more preferred.
  • the alkyl group contained in the trialkylsilyloxy group represented by R 2 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable. , methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, or n-butyl group, and even more preferably methyl group.
  • R 2 is a trialkylsilyloxy group
  • the three alkylsilyloxy groups may be the same or different from each other, but from the viewpoint of ease of production, they are preferably the same.
  • the trialkylsilyloxy group represented by R 2 is preferably a trimethylsilyloxy group, a triethylsilyloxy group, a tri-n-propylsilyloxy group, or a tri-n-butylsilyloxy group, and a trimethylsilyloxy group or a triethylsilyloxy group is preferable. groups are more preferred.
  • Examples of the group -SiR 2 3 include methyldiethylsilyl group, methylethylpropylsilyl group, methylethylbutylsilyl group, methyldipropylsilyl group, methylpropylbutylsilyl group, methyldibutylsilyl group, dimethylethylsilyl group, dimethyl
  • Examples include propylsilyl group, dimethylbutylsilyl group, trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, tri-n-propylsilyl group, tri-isopropylsilyl group, and trialkylsilyloxysilyl group having these groups.
  • the group -SiR 2 3 is preferably a trialkylsilyloxysilyl group, more preferably a trimethylsilyloxysilyl group or a triethylsilyloxysilyl group.
  • the aryl group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen from an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably monocyclic from the viewpoint of excellent liquid repellency.
  • Examples of the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
  • Examples of the fluoroaryl group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include a group in which the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group is replaced with a fluorine atom.
  • the number of fluorine atoms that the fluoroaryl group has is not particularly limited.
  • the fluoroaryl group is preferably a perfluoroaryl group, and more preferably a pentafluorophenyl group.
  • Examples of the monovalent polysiloxane residue that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include monovalent cyclic polysiloxane residues.
  • Examples of the monovalent cyclic polysiloxane residue include a group represented by the following formula (T1).
  • R 5 is each independently an alkyl group or an alkyl group having a substituent, and s is an integer of 1 to 4. * is the bond to Z in formula (1).
  • the alkyl group represented by R 5 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 5 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • the alkyl group contained in the substituted alkyl group represented by R 5 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group contained in the substituted alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, and even more preferably 2 to 4.
  • Examples of the substituent in the substituted alkyl group represented by R 5 include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a trialkylsilyl ether group, a trialkylsilyl group, an amino group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, and a trimethylsilyl group. Examples include fluoromethyl group.
  • a plurality of R 5 's may be the same or different from each other, but from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, it is preferable that they are the same.
  • Examples of monovalent cyclic polysiloxane residues include the following groups.
  • the alkylene group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among these, linear or branched is preferable; A chain shape is more preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the arylene group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T is a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an aromatic ring, and the aromatic ring is as described above.
  • Hydrocarbon groups represented by R 4 of -NR 4 - and -SiR 4 2 - that may be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. can be mentioned.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-propyl group is preferable.
  • -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is even more preferred.
  • T in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluoroaryl group, from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound. is preferred, an alkyl group or a fluoroalkyl group is more preferred, a perfluoroalkyl group is even more preferred, and a trifluoromethyl group is particularly preferred.
  • T in formula (1) is an alkyl group, a trialkylsilyloxy group, a trialkylsilyloxysilyloxy group, A trialkylsilyloxysilylalkylene group, a group combining a group represented by formula (T1) and an ether bond, or a group combining a group represented by formula (T1) and an alkylene group are preferred, and trimethylsilyloxysilyl An oxy group, a trimethylsilyloxysilylethylene group, a group represented by formula (T1) in which s is 2 and R 5 is a methyl group, and an ether bond; or a group represented by formula (T1) in which s is a methyl group; A combination of a group in which R 5 is 2 and R 5 is a methyl group, and an ethylene group is more preferable.
  • T in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, a group -SiR 2 3 ,
  • a trialkylsilylalkylene group, an aryl group, a fluoroaryl group, an alkylaryl group, a fluoroalkylaryl group, or a pentafluorosulfanylaryl group are preferred, and an alkyl group, a trimethylsilylalkylene group, a triethylsilylalkylene group, a phenyl group, and a pentafluorophenyl group. , trifluoromethylphenyl group, or pentafluorosulfanylphenyl group are more preferred.
  • T in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, a group -SiR 2 3 , an aryl group, a fluoroaryl group, from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • aryloxy group, fluoroaryloxy group, alkylaryl group, alkylaryloxy group, fluoroalkylaryloxy group, or pentafluorosulfanylaryloxy group are preferred, and hydrogen atom, trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, phenyloxy group, pentafluorosulfanylaryloxy group are preferable.
  • a fluorophenyloxy group, a trifluoromethylphenyloxy group, or a pentafluorosulfanylphenyloxy group is more preferred.
  • the monovalent organic group represented by T include organic groups having the following structure.
  • the organic group represented by T is not limited to the specific examples below.
  • a and b are each independently an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. Note that a and b may be the same or different.
  • Ph is a benzene ring; when Ph is monovalent, it is a phenyl group; when Ph is divalent, it is a phenylene group; and F 5 Ph is a pentafluorophenyl group.
  • * is the bond to Z in formula (1).
  • Me is a methyl group and Et is an ethyl group.
  • m in formula (1) is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably an integer of 1 to 2, and more preferably 1, from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer.
  • L 1 in formula (1) is a single bond or a (m+1)-valent linking group, and is bonded to the 9-position of the linking group represented by Tr. That is, L 1 is a single bond or a divalent to tetravalent linking group, and is bonded to the 9-position of the triptycene skeleton. Note that when L 1 is a single bond, m is 1.
  • the linking group represented by L 1 includes an alkylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a sulfonyl group, -NR 4 -, -N ⁇ , -SiR 4 2 -, >SiR 4 -, >Si ⁇ , etc. can be mentioned.
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Two or more of these linking groups may be used in combination, or two or more types of these linking groups may be used in combination.
  • Linking groups that combine two or more of the above linking groups include ester bonds, thioester bonds, amide bonds, sulfonamide bonds, combinations of alkylene groups and arylene groups, combinations of alkylene groups and carbonyl groups, and combinations of alkylene groups and ether bonds.
  • the alkylene group that can be included in the linking group represented by L 1 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among these, linear or branched is preferable, and linear is preferable. More preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is, for example, 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkylene group may have 1 to 30 carbon atoms, 4 to 20 carbon atoms, or 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the linking group represented by L 1 may contain two or more alkylene groups.
  • Hydrocarbon groups represented by R 4 of -NR 4 -, -SiR 4 2 -, and >SiR 4 - that can be included in the linking group represented by L 1 include, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic group hydrocarbon groups.
  • the hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-propyl group is preferable.
  • -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is even more preferred.
  • the Tr-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is preferably a carbon atom or an oxygen atom, more preferably a carbon atom, and even more preferably an alkylene group or a carbonyl group.
  • the Tr-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is -S-CH 2 -* Tr , -O-CH 2 -* Tr , -NH-CH 2 -* Tr , -CH 2 -CH 2 -* Preferred examples include Tr , -S-CO-* Tr , -O-CO-* Tr , -NH-CO-* Tr , and -O-* Tr .
  • Tr means a bond to Tr, and the same applies hereinafter.
  • Z in formula (1) is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain
  • the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L1 is a group other than a fluoroalkylene group, such as an alkylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, or a thioether A bond is preferred.
  • the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is * Z -CH 2 -CH 2 -, * Z -CH 2 -O-, * Z -CH 2 -S-, * Z -O-CH 2 -, * Z -CO-NH-CH 2 -, * Z -CO-O-CH 2 -, * Z -S-CH 2 -, etc.
  • * Z means a bond to Z, and the same applies hereinafter.
  • the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is * Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-CH 2 -, * Z -( CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b -O-CH 2 -, * Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-CO-, * Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b -
  • Preferable examples include O--CO- and the like.
  • a and b are each independently an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. Note that a and b may be the same or different.
  • the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is a group other than an alkylene group, and is preferably an ether bond.
  • preferred examples of the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 include * Z -O-CO- and the like.
  • the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is a group other than an alkylene group, and is preferably an ether bond.
  • preferred examples of the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 include * Z -O-CO- and the like.
  • linking group represented by L 1 include linking groups having the following structure.
  • the linking group represented by L 1 is not limited to the specific examples below.
  • a, b, and c are each independently an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. Note that a, b, and c may be the same or different.
  • * Z is the bond to Z and * Tr is the bond to Tr.
  • Y 1 is, for example, a group containing an etheric oxygen atom or an alkylene group which may have a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a divalent to octavalent organopolysiloxane.
  • g is an integer of 1 or more. In one embodiment, g is preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 6, from the viewpoint of the abrasion resistance and fingerprint removability of the surface treatment layer. In one embodiment, g is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2 or 3 from the viewpoint of excellent wear resistance of the surface treatment layer. In one embodiment, g is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of excellent fingerprint removability of the surface treatment layer.
  • two or more (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) contained in the compound represented by formula (1) may be the same or different from each other. Good too.
  • the Tr-side terminal of the connecting group represented by Y 1 is preferably a carbon atom or an oxygen atom, more preferably a carbon atom, and more preferably an alkylene group or a carbonyl group.
  • the Tr side terminal of the linking group represented by Y 1 is * Tr -CH 2 -O-, * Tr -CH 2 -S-, * Tr -CH 2 -CH 2 -, * Tr -CH 2 -NH -, * Tr -CO-S-, * Tr -CO-O-, * Tr -CO-NH-, * Tr -O-, * Tr -O-CO-, etc. are preferably mentioned.
  • a combination of the Tr-side end of the linking group represented by L 1 and the Tr-side end of the linking group represented by Y 1 is a combination of -S-CH 2 -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -O-. combination, -O-CH 2 -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -O-, -NH-CH 2 -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -S-, -CH 2 -CH 2 Combination of -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -S-CO-* Combination of Tr and * Tr -CO-O-, -O-CO-* Tr and * Tr -CO-O combination with -, combination with -NH-CO-* Tr and * Tr -CO-S-, combination with -O-* Tr and * Tr -O-, -CO-O-* Tr and * Tr - Examples include combinations with O--CO-.
  • the group represented by -Y 1 (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) g in formula (1) is preferably the group (3-1A) or the group (3-1B), and the group (3- 1A) is more preferred.
  • Q a is a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • X 31 is a group having a single bond, an alkylene group, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a 2- to 8-valent organopolysiloxane residue, or a (h+i+1)-valent ring
  • Q b is a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 31 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkyl group
  • h is an integer of 1 or more
  • i is an integer of 0 or more
  • the definitions and specific examples of R 1 , L 2 , and n are the same as the definitions and specific examples of each symbol in the reactive silyl group.
  • Q c is a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 32 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • Q d is a single bond or an alkylene group
  • R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom
  • y is an integer from 1 to 10
  • the definitions and specific examples of R 1 , L 2 , and n are the same as the definitions and specific examples of each symbol in the reactive silyl group.
  • Q a is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • divalent linking groups include divalent hydrocarbon groups, divalent heterocyclic groups, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -N(R d )-, -C(O) -, -Si(R a ) 2 -, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group may be a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, an alkenylene group, or an alkynylene group.
  • the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and includes, for example, an alkylene group.
  • the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a phenylene group.
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group may be an alkenylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkynylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the above R a is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or a phenyl group.
  • the above R d is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Examples of groups combining two or more of the above-mentioned types include -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)N(R d )-, - N(R d )C(O)-, -N(R d )C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)O-, -OC(O)N(R d )-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -C(O)N(R d )-, an alkylene group having -N(R d )C(O)- an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom, an alkylene group having -OC(O)-, an alkylene group having -C(O)O-, an alkylene group having -C(O)S-, - Examples include an alky
  • Q a is a single bond, -O-, -S-, -N(R d )-, -C(O)N(R d )-, -OC(O)N(R d ) -, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, and -C(O)S-, an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom, an alkylene group having a thioether bond, and an alkylene group are preferred, and single bonds, -O-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, alkylene group -O-, alkylene group -S-, alkylene group, and -OC(O)- are more preferred.
  • X 31 is a group having a single bond, an alkylene group, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a 2- to 8-valent organopolysiloxane residue, or a (h+i+1)-valent ring.
  • the alkylene group may have -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, or a dialkylsilylene group.
  • the alkylene group may have a plurality of groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, and a dialkylsilylene group.
  • the alkylene group represented by X 31 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the divalent to octavalent organopolysiloxane residues include divalent organopolysiloxane residues and (w2+1)-valent organopolysiloxane residues described below.
  • the ring is a ring other than an organopolysiloxane ring.
  • the ring in X 31 means a ring other than an organopolysiloxane ring.
  • the ring in X 31 may be a monocyclic ring, a fused polycyclic ring, a bridged ring, a spiro ring, or an assembled polycyclic ring, and the atoms constituting the ring may be a carbocyclic ring consisting only of carbon atoms, or a divalent ring.
  • a heterocycle consisting of a heteroatom having the above valence and a carbon atom may also be used.
  • the bond between atoms constituting the ring may be a single bond or a multiple bond.
  • the ring may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • the monocyclic ring is preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the fused polycyclic ring is preferably a fused polycyclic ring in which two or more 4- to 8-membered rings are fused together, and fused polycyclic rings in which 2 or 3 rings selected from 5-membered rings and 6-membered rings are bonded together; A fused polycyclic ring in which one or two rings selected from membered rings and six-membered rings and one four-membered ring are bonded is more preferred.
  • the bridged ring is preferably a bridged ring whose largest ring is a 5- or 6-membered ring
  • the spiro ring is preferably a spiro ring consisting of two 4- to 6-membered rings.
  • a collective polycyclic ring two or three rings selected from 5-membered rings and 6-membered rings are bonded via a single bond, 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or 1 heteroatom with a valence of 2 or 3.
  • a set of polycyclic rings is preferred.
  • the hetero atoms constituting the ring are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms, and more preferably nitrogen atoms and oxygen atoms.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring is preferably 3 or less. Furthermore, when the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring is two or more, these heteroatoms may be the same or different.
  • a heterocycle of a membered ring a condensed ring in which two or three of these rings are fused together, a bridged ring in which the largest ring is a 5- or 6-membered ring, and two or more of these rings
  • One type selected from the group consisting of a single bond, an alkylene group having 3 or less carbon atoms, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom as a linking group is preferable.
  • Preferred rings include a benzene ring, a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring, a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, and a 5- or 6-membered carbon ring and a 4- to 6-membered heterocycle.
  • rings include the rings shown below, 1,3-cyclohexadiene ring, 1,4-cyclohexadiene ring, anthracene ring, cyclopropane ring, decahydronaphthalene ring, norbornene ring, norbornadiene ring, furan ring, Examples include a pyrrole ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrazine ring, a morpholine ring, an aziridine ring, an isoquinoline ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyran ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and an indene ring.
  • Q a and Q b are bonded to different ring constituent atoms.
  • Each of the i R 31s may be bonded to a separate ring atom, or two of the i R 31s may be bonded to one ring carbon atom. There may be two or more ring-constituting carbon atoms to which two R 31s are bonded.
  • X 31 is a group having a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a 4- to 8-valent organopolysiloxane residue, or a (h+i+1)-valent ring, from the viewpoint of improving the abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer. is preferable, and carbon atom is more preferable.
  • Q b is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • divalent linking groups include divalent hydrocarbon groups, divalent heterocyclic groups, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -N(R d )-, -C(O) -, -Si(R a ) 2 -, and a combination of two or more thereof.
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group may be a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, an alkenylene group, or an alkynylene group.
  • the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and includes, for example, an alkylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, and examples thereof include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11.
  • the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a phenylene group.
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group may be an alkenylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkynylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the above R a is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or a phenyl group.
  • the above R d is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
  • Examples of groups combining two or more of the above include -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)N(R d )- , -N(R d )C(O)-, -N(R d )C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)O-, -OC(O)N( R d )-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O )-, an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom, an alkylene group having -OC(O)-, an alkylene group having -C(O)O-, a -C(O)S-alkylene group, - Examples include an alkylene group having SO 2 N(R
  • Q c is a single bond, -O-, -S-, -N(R d )-, -C(O)N(R d )-, -OC(O)N(R d ) -, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, and -C(O)S- are preferred, and single bonds, -OC(O)N(R d )-, and -OC(O)- is more preferable.
  • R 31 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1.
  • h is an integer greater than or equal to 1
  • i is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • X 31 is a single bond or an alkylene group
  • h is 1 and i is 0.
  • X 31 is a nitrogen atom
  • h is an integer of 1 to 2
  • i is an integer of 0 to 1
  • X 31 is a carbon atom or a silicon atom
  • h is an integer of 1 to 3
  • i is an integer of 0 to 2
  • X 31 is a divalent to octavalent organopolysiloxane residue
  • h is an integer of 1 to 7
  • i is an integer of 0 to 6
  • X 31 is a group having a (h+i+1)-valent ring
  • h is an integer of 1 to 7
  • i is an integer of 0 to 6
  • two or more (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) are the same. It may be different or different.
  • two or more (-R 31 )s may be the same or different.
  • i is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of improving the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer.
  • Q c is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the definition and details of the divalent linking group are the same as those explained in Q a above.
  • R 32 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
  • the alkyl group a methyl group is preferred.
  • Q d is a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of easy production of the compound, Q d is preferably a single bond or -CH 2 -.
  • R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
  • y is an integer from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 6.
  • Two or more [CH 2 C(R 32 )(-Q d -Si(R) n L 3-n )] may be the same or different.
  • groups (3-1A-1) to (3-1A-7) are preferable.
  • X 32 is -O-, -C(O)O-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -N(R d ) C(O)-, -C(O)N(R d )-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)N(R d )-, -S-, -C(O)S- , or -N(R d )- (wherein N in the formula is bonded to Q b1 ).
  • the definition of R d is as described above. s1 is 0 or 1.
  • Q b1 is an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group may have -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, or a dialkylsilylene group.
  • the alkylene group may have a plurality of groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, and a dialkylsilylene group.
  • alkylene group has -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, or a dialkylsilylene group
  • Q b1 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • (X 32 ) s1 is -C(O)N(R d )-, it is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (however, N in the formula is bonded to Q b1 ).
  • Q b1 is one of these groups, the compound can be easily produced.
  • group (3-1A-1) include the following groups.
  • * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.
  • X 33 is -O-, -NH-, -C(O)O-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -N(R d )C(O)- or -C(O)N(R d )-.
  • R d is as described above.
  • Q a2 is a single bond, an alkylene group, -C(O)-, or an etheric oxygen atom, -C(O)-, -C(O) between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group represented by Q a2 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Ether oxygen atom -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -C between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q a2 (O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)-, -N(R d )C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)O -, -OC(O)N(R d )-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -C(O)N(R d )-, or -NH-
  • the number of carbon atoms in the group having is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6.
  • Q a2 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 NHCH 2 CH 2 - from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
  • -CH 2 OC(O)CH 2 CH 2 -, or -C(O)- are preferred.
  • s2 is 0 or 1. From the viewpoint of easy production of the compound, 0 is preferable.
  • Q b2 is an alkylene group or a group having a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, an ether oxygen atom, or -NH- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the group having a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, ether oxygen atom or -NH- between carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q b2 is 2 to 10. is preferable, and 2 to 6 are more preferable.
  • the two [-Q b2 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
  • group (3-1A-2) include the following groups.
  • * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.
  • ⁇ in (CH 2 ) ⁇ bonded to the reactive silyl group is an integer representing the number of methylene groups, preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, It may be from 2 to 10, or from 2 to 6. Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
  • a plurality of ⁇ 's contained in the same compound may be the same or different, but are preferably the same. For example, all of the plurality of ⁇ s contained in the same compound are 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. The same applies below.
  • Q a3 is a single bond or an alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom, and a single bond is preferred from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • the alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R g is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of easy production of the compound, R g is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a methyl group.
  • Q b3 is an alkylene group or a group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b3 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
  • the carbon number of the group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, represented by Q b3 is preferably 2 to 20, and 2 to 20. 10 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
  • Q b3 is preferably -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
  • the two [-Q b3 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
  • group (3-1A-3) include the following groups.
  • * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.
  • Q e is -C(O)O-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -N(R d )C( O)- or -C(O)N(R d )-.
  • R 31 is as described above.
  • s4 is 0 or 1.
  • Q a4 is a single bond or an alkylene group which may have an ether oxygen atom.
  • the alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • t4 is 0 or 1 (however, when Q a4 is a single bond, it is 0).
  • -Q a4 -(O) t4 - is a single bond, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 when s4 is 0, from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
  • O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 - are preferred (however, the left side is bonded to the triptycene skeleton), and when s4 is 1, A single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 - are preferred.
  • Q b4 is an alkylene group, and the alkylene group is -O-, -C(O)N(R d )- (the definition of R d is as described above), a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent It may or may not have an organopolysiloxane residue or a dialkylsilylene group.
  • the alkylene group has -O- or a silphenylene skeleton group, it is preferable to have -O- or a silphenylene skeleton group between carbon atoms.
  • the terminal between carbon atoms or the side bonded to (O) u4 preferably has these groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b4 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the range may be from 1 to 10.
  • u4 is 0 or 1.
  • -(O) u4 -Q b4 - includes -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
  • OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -OSi(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -OSi(CH 3 ) 2 OSi(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -- and --CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 Si(CH 3 ) 2 PhSi(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 -- are preferred (however, the right side is bonded to Si).
  • w1 is an integer from 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. If there are two or more [-(O) u4 -Q b4 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ], two or more [-(O) u4 -Q b4 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different. When there are two or more R 31 s, two or more (-R 31 )s may be the same or different.
  • group (3-1A-4) include the following groups.
  • * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.
  • Q a5 is an alkylene group which may have an ether oxygen atom.
  • the alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Q a5 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 CH 2 from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound. 2 CH 2 - is preferred (provided that the right side is bonded to Si).
  • Q b5 is an alkylene group or a group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b5 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
  • the carbon number of the group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q b5 is preferably 2 to 20, and 2 to 20. 10 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
  • Q b5 is preferably -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (provided that the right side is Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n .).
  • the three [-Q b5 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
  • group (3-1A-5) include the following groups.
  • * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.
  • Q a6 is an alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom.
  • the alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Q a6 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 CH 2 from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound. 2 CH 2 - is preferred (provided that the right side is bonded to Z a ).
  • Z a is a (w2+1)-valent organopolysiloxane residue or a (w2+1)-valent group having an alkylene group between the organopolysiloxane residues.
  • w2 is an integer from 2 to 7.
  • Examples of (w2+1)-valent organopolysiloxane residues and (w2+1)-valent groups having an alkylene group between organopolysiloxane residues include the following groups: .
  • R a in the following formula is as described above.
  • Q b6 is an alkylene group or a group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b6 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
  • the carbon number of the group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q b6 is preferably 2 to 20, and 2 to 20. 10 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
  • Q b6 -CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - are preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
  • w2 [-Q b6 -Si(R 1 ) n3 L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
  • group (3-1A-6) include the following groups.
  • * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.
  • Z c is a (w3+w4+1)-valent hydrocarbon group.
  • w3 is an integer of 4 or more.
  • w4 is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • the definitions and preferred ranges of Q e , s4, Q a4 , t4, Q b4 , and u4 are the same as the definitions of each symbol in group (3-1A-4).
  • Z c may consist of a hydrocarbon chain, may have an ether oxygen atom between carbon atoms of the hydrocarbon chain, and is preferably composed of a hydrocarbon chain.
  • the valence of Z c is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 5 to 10, even more preferably 5 to 8, particularly preferably penta or hexavalent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in Z c is preferably 3 to 50, more preferably 4 to 40, even more preferably 5 to 30.
  • w3 is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 4 to 16, even more preferably 4 to 8, and particularly preferably 4 or 5.
  • w4 is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 8, even more preferably 0 to 6, particularly preferably 0 to 3, and most preferably 0 or 1.
  • two or more [-(O-Q b4 ) u4 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
  • group (3-1A-7) include the following groups.
  • * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.
  • the A 1 side is bonded to the triptycene skeleton, and the Q 22 , Q 23 , Q 24 , Q 25 or Q 26 side is (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ).
  • a 1 is a single bond, -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, -OC(O)O-, -NHC( O)O-, -NHC(O)NR 6 -, -O- or SO 2 NR 6 -.
  • Q 11 is a single bond, -O-, an alkylene group, or a bond between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, or It is a group having -O-.
  • Q 12 is a single bond, an alkylene group, or a bond between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, -S-, Or a group having -O-.
  • Q 13 is a single bond (A 1 is -C(O)-), an alkylene group, or -C(O)NR 6 -, - between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
  • Q 14 is Q 12 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 14 is bonded is a carbon atom, and is Q 13 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 14 is bonded is a nitrogen atom.
  • Q 15 is an alkylene group, or -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, -S-, or -O between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms. It is a group having -.
  • Q 22 is an alkylene group, a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, an alkylene group A group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- at the end not bonded to Si, or between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- and -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O) at the end that does not bond to Si It is a group having -, -NR 6 - or O-, and when Y 1 has two or more Q 22s , two or more Q 22s may be the same or different.
  • Q 23 is an alkylene group or a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms; , two Q23s may be the same or different.
  • Q 24 is Q 22 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 24 is bonded is a carbon atom, and Q 23 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 24 is bonded is a nitrogen atom; When there are two or more, two or more Q24 may be the same or different.
  • Q 25 is an alkylene group or a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms; , Y 1 has two or more Q 25s , the two or more Q 25s may be the same or different.
  • Q 26 is a single bond, an alkylene group, or a bond between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, -S-, Or a group having -O-.
  • Z 1 is a group having an h1+h2 valent ring structure in which Q 14 has a carbon atom or nitrogen atom to which Q 14 is directly bonded, and Q 24 has a carbon atom or nitrogen atom to which Q 24 is directly bonded.
  • R e1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and when Y 1 has two or more R e1s , the two or more R e1s may be the same or different.
  • R e2 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, or an acyloxy group.
  • R e3 is an alkyl group.
  • R 6 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
  • d1 is an integer from 0 to 1.
  • d2 is an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 1 or 2.
  • d1+d2 is an integer from 1 to 3.
  • d3 is an integer from 0 to 1.
  • d4 is an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
  • d3+d4 is an integer from 1 to 3.
  • d1+d3 is 1.
  • d2+d4 is an integer from 1 to 5, preferably 4 or 5.
  • e1+e2 is 3 or 4.
  • e1 is 1.
  • e2 is an integer from 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
  • h1 is 1.
  • h2 is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 2 or 3.
  • i1+i2 is 3 or 4.
  • i1 is 1.
  • i2 is an integer from 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3. i3 is 2 or 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene groups of Q 11 , Q 12 , Q 13 , Q 14 , Q 15 , Q 22 , Q 23 , Q 24 , Q 25 and Q 26 is determined from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound and the durability of the surface treatment layer. From the viewpoint of better abrasion resistance, the number is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4. However, when the alkylene group has a specific bond between carbon atoms, the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms is 2.
  • Examples of the ring structure in Z 1 include the ring structures described above, and preferred forms are also the same.
  • Q 14 and Q 24 are directly bonded to the ring structure in Z 1 , for example, an alkylene group is not connected to the ring structure and Q 14 or Q 24 is not connected to the alkylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R e1 , R e2 or R e3 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group portion of the acyloxy group of R e2 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • h2 is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2 or 3, from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound and superior wear resistance of the surface treatment layer.
  • the A 1 side is bonded to the triptycene skeleton, and the G 1 side is bonded to (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ).
  • G 1 is a group (g3), and two or more G 1s in Y 1 may be the same or different.
  • the symbols other than G 1 are the same as those in equations (g2-1) to (g2-7).
  • R 8 is an alkyl group.
  • Q 3 is an alkylene group, a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or -O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or (OSi(R 9 ) 2 ) p -O-, and two or more Q 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 6 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
  • R 9 is an alkyl group, a phenyl group, or an alkoxy group, and two R 9s may be the same or different.
  • p is an integer from 0 to 5, and when p is 2 or more, two or more (OSi(R 9 ) 2 ) may be the same or different.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group of Q3 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 20, from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound and superior wear resistance of the surface treatment layer. Preferably, it may be from 2 to 10, or from 2 to 6. Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4. However, when the alkylene group has a specific bond between carbon atoms, the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms is 2.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 8 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 9 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group of R 9 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of excellent storage stability of the compound.
  • p is preferably 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the compound (1) include compounds of the following formula.
  • the compound of the following formula is preferred from the viewpoints of easy industrial production, ease of handling, and superior abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer.
  • R t in the compound of the following formula is the same as (TZ) m -L 1 -Tr- in the above-mentioned formula (1), and the preferred form is also the same.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-1) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-2) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-3) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-4) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-5) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-6) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-7) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-8) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-9) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-10) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-11) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-12) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-13) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-14) include compounds of the following formula.
  • Examples of the compounds of the present disclosure include the following compounds.
  • X1 is an integer of 2 to 30
  • X2 is an integer of 2 to 100
  • X3 is an integer of 2 to 100.
  • all of the compounds shown below are compounds in which a reactive silyl group is bonded to one of the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton, and a hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the other.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the compound of the present disclosure is preferably 400 to 20,000, more preferably 500 to 18,000, and even more preferably 600 to 15,000.
  • Mn is 400 or more
  • water repellency and abrasion resistance are excellent.
  • Mn is 20,000 or less
  • the viscosity can be easily controlled within an appropriate range, and solubility is improved, resulting in excellent handling properties during film formation.
  • Method for producing compound The method for producing the compound of the present disclosure is not particularly limited. Examples of synthetic schemes for compounds of the present disclosure are shown below.
  • compositions of the present disclosure only needs to contain the compound of the present disclosure, and components other than the compound of the present disclosure are not particularly limited.
  • Compositions of the present disclosure preferably include a compound of the present disclosure and a liquid medium.
  • the composition of the present disclosure may be in a liquid state, and may be a solution or a dispersion.
  • the composition of the present disclosure only needs to contain the compound of the present disclosure, and may contain impurities such as by-products generated in the manufacturing process of the compound of the present disclosure.
  • the composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of compound of the present disclosure, or may contain two or more types of compounds of the present disclosure.
  • the content of the compound of the present disclosure is preferably 0.001 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. preferable.
  • the content of the compound of the present disclosure may be 0.01 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure, and 0. It may be 0.02 to 5% by weight, 0.03 to 3% by weight, or 0.05 to 2% by weight.
  • the liquid medium is preferably an organic solvent.
  • organic solvent examples include fluorine-based organic solvents and non-fluorine-based organic solvents. Fluorine-based organic solvents are preferably used when the compound of the present disclosure contains a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain as a hydrophobic moiety. Specific examples of fluorinated organic solvents include fluorinated alkanes, fluorinated aromatic compounds, fluoroalkyl ethers, fluorinated alkylamines, and fluoroalcohols.
  • the fluorinated alkane is preferably a compound having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, such as C 6 F 13 H (AC-2000: product name, manufactured by AGC Corporation), C 6 F 13 C 2 H 5 (AC-6000: product name) , manufactured by AGC), and C 2 F 5 CHFCHFCF 3 (Battrell: product name, manufactured by DuPont).
  • fluorinated aromatic compounds include hexafluorobenzene, trifluoromethylbenzene, perfluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzene, and 1,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzene.
  • the fluoroalkyl ether is preferably a compound having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, such as CF 3 CH 2 OCF 2 CF 2 H (AE-3000: product name, manufactured by AGC), C 4 F 9 OCH 3 (Novec-7100: Product name, manufactured by 3M Company), C 4 F 9 OC 2 H 5 (Novec-7200: Product name, manufactured by 3M Company), C 2 F 5 CF (OCH 3 ) C 3 F 7 (Novec-7300: Product name, (manufactured by 3M).
  • Specific examples of the fluorinated alkylamine include perfluorotripropylamine and perfluorotributylamine.
  • fluoroalcohols include 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, and hexafluoroisopropanol.
  • non-fluorine-based organic solvents include compounds consisting only of hydrogen atoms and carbon atoms, and compounds consisting only of hydrogen atoms, carbon atoms, and oxygen atoms, and specifically, hydrocarbon-based organic solvents, ketone-based organic solvents, etc.
  • examples include solvents, ether organic solvents, ester organic solvents, glycol organic solvents, and alcohol organic solvents.
  • hydrocarbon organic solvents include pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, hexadecane, isohexane, isooctane, isononane, cycloheptane, cyclohexane, bicyclohexyl, benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, o-xylene, m-xylene, Examples include p-xylene, o-diethylbenzene, m-diethylbenzene, p-diethylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, and tert-butylbenzene.
  • ketone organic solvents include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one, and 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one. Examples include 3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone and isophorone.
  • ether organic solvents include diethyl ether, cyclopentyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane.
  • ester organic solvents include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethylene glycol lactate.
  • glycol-based organic solvents include ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, and ethylene glycol mono-2.
  • alcoholic organic solvents include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, diacetone alcohol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, pentanol, 3-methyl-1,3 -Butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, octanediol, 2,4-diethylpentanediol, butylethylpropanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 4-hydroxy-4 -Methyl-2-pentanone, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, isodecanol, isotridecanol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 2-methoxybutanol , 3-methoxybutanol, cyclo
  • non-fluorine organic solvents include halogen organic solvents having halogen atoms other than fluorine, nitrogen-containing compounds, sulfur-containing compounds, and siloxane compounds.
  • halogen-based organic solvents having halogen atoms other than fluorine include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-chlorotoluene, m-chlorotoluene, p-chlorotoluene, m-dichlorobenzene, 1 , 2,3-trichloropropane.
  • nitrogen-containing compounds include nitrobenzene, acetonitrile, benzonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
  • sulfur-containing compounds include carbon disulfide and dimethyl sulfoxide.
  • siloxane compound include hexamethyldisiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane, and decamethyltetrasiloxane.
  • the content of the liquid medium is preferably 60 to 99.999% by mass, more preferably 80 to 99.99% by mass, and even more preferably 90 to 99.9% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure.
  • the content of the liquid medium may be 90-99.99% by weight, 95-99% by weight, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. It may be .98% by mass, 97 to 99.97% by mass, or 98 to 99.95% by mass.
  • the composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of liquid medium, or may contain two or more types.
  • composition of the present disclosure may contain other components in addition to the compound of the present disclosure and the liquid medium, as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired.
  • other components include known additives such as acid catalysts and basic catalysts that promote hydrolysis and condensation reactions of reactive silyl groups.
  • a metal compound having a hydrolyzable group is also referred to as a "specific metal compound”
  • Specific metal compounds include the following formulas (M1) to (M3).
  • M represents a trivalent or tetravalent metal atom.
  • Each of X b1 independently represents a hydrolyzable group.
  • Each of X b2 independently represents a siloxane skeleton-containing group.
  • Each of X b3 independently represents a hydrocarbon chain-containing group.
  • m1 is an integer from 2 to 4
  • m2 and m3 are each independently an integer of 0 to 2
  • When M is a trivalent metal atom, m1+m2+m3 is 3, and when M is a tetravalent metal atom, m1+m2+m3 is 4.
  • X b4 represents a hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue.
  • Each of X b5 independently represents a hydrolyzable group or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • X b6 and X b7 each independently represent a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group.
  • Y b1 represents a divalent organic group.
  • the metal represented by M also includes semimetals such as Si and Ge.
  • M is preferably a trivalent metal or a tetravalent metal, more preferably Al, Fe, In, Hf, Si, Ti, Sn, and Zr, even more preferably Al, Si, Ti, and Zr, and particularly preferably Si. .
  • the hydrolyzable group represented by X b1 is the hydrolyzable group represented by L 2 in (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) in the above reactive silyl group. The same can be mentioned.
  • the siloxane skeleton-containing group represented by X b2 has a siloxane unit (-Si-O-) and may be linear or branched.
  • the siloxane unit is preferably a dialkylsilyloxy group, such as a dimethylsilyloxy group or a diethylsilyloxy group.
  • the number of repeating siloxane units in the siloxane skeleton-containing group is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the siloxane skeleton-containing group may include a divalent hydrocarbon group in a part of the siloxane skeleton.
  • some oxygen atoms in the siloxane skeleton may be replaced with divalent hydrocarbon groups.
  • the divalent hydrocarbon group include alkylene groups such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group.
  • a hydrolyzable group, a hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), etc. may be bonded to the terminal silicon atom of the siloxane skeleton-containing group.
  • the number of elements in the siloxane skeleton-containing group is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and even more preferably 30 or less. The number of elements is preferably 10 or more.
  • the siloxane skeleton-containing group is preferably a group represented by * -(O-Si(CH 3 ) 2 ) n CH 3 , where n is an integer from 1 to 5, and * represents a bond with an adjacent atom. Represents a part.
  • the hydrocarbon chain-containing group represented by X b3 may be a group consisting only of a hydrocarbon chain, or may be a group having an etheric oxygen atom between carbon atoms of the hydrocarbon chain.
  • the hydrocarbon chain may be straight or branched, preferably straight.
  • the hydrocarbon chain may be a saturated hydrocarbon chain or an unsaturated hydrocarbon chain, with a saturated hydrocarbon chain being preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon chain-containing group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1.
  • the hydrocarbon chain-containing group is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
  • m1 is 3 or 4.
  • compound represented by formula (M1) compounds represented by the following formulas (M1-1) to (M1-5) where M is Si are preferable, and the compound represented by formula (M1-1) is More preferred.
  • compound represented by formula (M1-1) tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, and triethoxymethylsilane are preferred.
  • the number of silicon atoms contained in the hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue represented by X b4 is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 7 or more.
  • the number of silicon atoms is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 13 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less.
  • the hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue may have an alkoxy group bonded to a silicon atom. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, and methoxy group and ethoxy group are preferred.
  • the hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue may have one or more types of these alkoxy groups, and preferably has one type. Examples of the hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue include (C 2 H 5 O) 3 Si-(OSi(OC 2 H 5 ) 2 ) 4 O- * and the like.
  • * represents a bonding site with an adjacent atom.
  • the hydrolyzable group represented by X b5 is the hydrolyzable group represented by L 2 in (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) in the above reactive silyl group.
  • Examples include those similar to , a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, and an allyl group, with an alkoxy group or an isocyanato group being preferred.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • X b5 a hydrolyzable group is preferable.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (M2) include (H 5 C 2 O) 3 -Si-(OSi(OC 2 H 5 ) 2 ) 4 OC 2 H 5 and the like.
  • the compound represented by formula (M3) is a compound having a reactive silyl group at both ends of a divalent organic group, that is, bissilane.
  • the hydrolyzable groups represented by X b6 and X b7 include an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a ketoxime group, an alkenyloxy group, an amino group, an aminoxy group, an amide group, an isocyanato group, and a halogen atom.
  • an alkoxy group and an isocyanato group are preferred.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • X b6 and X b7 may be the same group or different groups. From the viewpoint of availability, it is preferable that X b6 and X b7 are the same group.
  • Y b1 is a divalent organic group that connects the reactive silyl groups at both ends.
  • the number of carbon atoms in Y b1 of the divalent organic group is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 3.
  • Examples of Y b1 include an alkylene group, a phenylene group, and an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom between carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (M3) include (CH 3 O) 3 Si(CH 2 ) 2 Si(OCH 3 ) 3 , (C 2 H 5 O) 3 Si(CH 2 ) 2 Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , (OCN) 3Si ( CH2 ) 2Si ( NCO ) 3 , Cl3Si( CH2 ) 2SiCl3 , ( CH3O ) 3Si ( CH2 ) 6Si ( OCH3 ) 3 , ( C2H5O ) 3Si ( CH2 ) 6Si ( OC2H5 ) 3 is mentioned.
  • the content of other components that may be included in the composition of the present disclosure is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure.
  • the content of the specific metal compound is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. , more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass.
  • the total content of the compound of the present disclosure and other components is preferably 0.001 to 40% by mass, and 0.01% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. ⁇ 20% by mass is more preferred, and 0.1 ⁇ 10% by mass is even more preferred.
  • the solid content concentration of the composition of the present disclosure is a value calculated from the mass of the composition before heating and the mass after heating in a convection dryer at 120° C. for 4 hours.
  • composition of the present disclosure contains a liquid medium, it is useful for coating purposes and can be used as a coating liquid.
  • the surface treatment agent of the present disclosure comprises a compound of the present disclosure.
  • the surface treatment agent of the present disclosure may include the compound of the present disclosure and a liquid medium.
  • the surface treating agent of the present disclosure may be a composition of the present disclosure. Preferred embodiments of the liquid medium contained in the surface treatment agent are the same as those of the liquid medium contained in the composition of the present disclosure.
  • a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance can be formed by using a surface treatment agent containing the compound of the present disclosure.
  • the article of the present disclosure includes a base material and a surface treatment layer surface treated with the surface treatment agent.
  • the surface treatment layer may be formed on a part of the surface of the base material, or may be formed on the entire surface of the base material.
  • the surface treatment layer may be spread over the surface of the base material in the form of a film, or may be scattered in the form of dots.
  • the compound of the present disclosure is contained in a state in which hydrolysis of some or all of the reactive silyl groups has proceeded, and a dehydration condensation reaction of the silanol groups has proceeded.
  • the thickness of the surface treatment layer is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 1 to 50 nm. If the thickness of the surface treatment layer is 1 nm or more, the effect of the surface treatment is likely to be sufficiently obtained. If the thickness of the surface treatment layer is 100 nm or less, the utilization efficiency is high.
  • the thickness of the surface treatment layer is determined by using an X-ray diffractometer for thin film analysis (product name "ATX-G", manufactured by RIGAKU) to obtain an interference pattern of reflected X-rays by the X-ray reflectance method. It can be calculated from the vibration period of
  • the type of base material is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, base materials that are required to have water repellency.
  • a base material for example, a base material that may be used in contact with another article (e.g., a stylus) or a person's fingers; a base material that may be held by a person's fingers during operation; , a mounting table).
  • the base material include metal, resin, glass, sapphire, ceramic, stone, fiber, nonwoven fabric, paper, wood, natural leather, artificial leather, and composite materials thereof.
  • the glass may be chemically strengthened.
  • Base materials include building materials, decorative building materials, interior goods, transportation equipment (e.g. cars), signboards, bulletin boards, drinking vessels and tableware, aquariums, ornamental equipment (e.g. frames, boxes), laboratory equipment, furniture, and textile products.
  • Packaging containers Glass or resin used for art, sports, games, etc.; Used for the exterior parts (excluding display parts) of devices such as mobile phones (e.g. smartphones), personal digital assistants, game consoles, remote controls, etc. Examples include glass or resin.
  • the shape of the base material may be plate-like or film-like.
  • touch panel base materials As the base material, touch panel base materials, display base materials, and eyeglass lenses are suitable, and touch panel base materials are particularly suitable.
  • touch panel base materials As the material for the touch panel base material, glass or transparent resin is preferable.
  • the base material may be a base material that has been subjected to surface treatment such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, plasma graft polymerization treatment, etc. on one surface or both surfaces.
  • a surface-treated base material has better adhesion with the surface-treated layer, and the abrasion resistance of the surface-treated layer is further improved. Therefore, it is preferable to perform surface treatment on the surface of the base material that is in contact with the surface treatment layer.
  • the surface-treated base material is provided with a base layer, which will be described later, the adhesion with the base layer is better, and the wear resistance of the surface-treated layer is further improved. Therefore, when a base layer is provided, it is preferable to perform a surface treatment on the surface of the base material that is in contact with the base layer.
  • the surface treatment layer may be provided directly on the surface of the base material, or a base layer may be provided between the base material and the surface treatment layer.
  • the article of the present disclosure includes a base material, a base layer disposed on the base material, and a surface treatment of the present disclosure disposed on the base layer. It is preferable to include a surface treatment layer whose surface is treated with an agent.
  • the base layer includes silicon and at least one selected from the group consisting of a group 1 element, a group 2 element, a group 4 element, a group 5 element, a group 13 element, and a group 15 element of the periodic table.
  • a layer containing an oxide containing a specific element is preferable.
  • Group 1 elements of the periodic table mean lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and cesium.
  • Group 1 elements lithium, sodium, and potassium are used because they enable the surface treatment layer to be formed more uniformly on the underlayer without defects, and from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples.
  • the underlayer may contain two or more types of Group 1 elements.
  • Group 2 elements of the periodic table mean beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, and barium.
  • Group 2 elements magnesium, calcium, and barium are used because they enable the surface treatment layer to be formed more uniformly on the underlayer without defects, and from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples.
  • magnesium and calcium are more preferable.
  • the underlayer may contain two or more types of Group 2 elements.
  • Group 4 elements of the periodic table mean titanium, zirconium, and hafnium.
  • Group 4 element titanium and zirconium are preferable from the viewpoint of being able to form a surface treatment layer on the underlayer more uniformly without defects or from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples. Titanium is more preferred.
  • the base layer may contain two or more types of Group 4 elements.
  • Group 5 elements of the periodic table mean vanadium, niobium, and tantalum.
  • Group 5 element vanadium is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of providing better wear resistance of the surface treatment layer.
  • the underlayer may contain two or more types of Group 5 elements.
  • Group 13 elements of the periodic table mean boron, aluminum, gallium, and indium.
  • Group 13 elements boron, aluminum, and gallium are selected from the viewpoint of forming a surface treatment layer on the underlayer more uniformly without defects, or from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples.
  • boron and aluminum are more preferable.
  • the base layer may contain two or more types of Group 13 elements.
  • Group 15 elements of the periodic table mean nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, and bismuth.
  • Group 15 elements, phosphorus, antimony, and bismuth are used from the viewpoint of forming a surface treatment layer on the underlayer more uniformly without defects or from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples.
  • phosphorus and bismuth are more preferable.
  • the base layer may contain two or more types of Group 15 elements.
  • Group 1 elements, Group 2 elements, and Group 13 elements are preferable because the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer is better, and Group 1 elements and Group 2 elements are more preferable. , Group 1 elements are more preferred. As the specific element, only one type of element may be included, or two or more types of elements may be included.
  • the oxide contained in the base layer may be a mixture of oxides of the above elements (silicon and specific elements) alone (for example, a mixture of silicon oxide and an oxide of a specific element), or a mixture of the above elements (silicon and specific elements). It may be a composite oxide containing two or more types, or a mixture of an oxide of the above element alone and a composite oxide.
  • the ratio of the total molar concentration of the specific element in the underlayer to the molar concentration of silicon in the underlayer (specific element/silicon) is 0.02 to 2.90 from the viewpoint of better wear resistance of the surface treatment layer. It is preferably 0.10 to 2.00, even more preferably 0.20 to 1.80.
  • the molar concentration (mol %) of each element in the underlayer can be measured, for example, by depth direction analysis using X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) using ion sputtering.
  • the base layer may be a single layer or a multilayer.
  • the base layer may have an uneven surface.
  • the thickness of the underlayer is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 1 to 50 nm, and even more preferably 2 to 20 nm. If the thickness of the base layer is equal to or greater than the above lower limit, the adhesion of the surface treatment layer to the base layer will be further improved, and the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer will be more excellent. If the thickness of the base layer is below the above upper limit, the base layer itself will have excellent wear resistance.
  • the thickness of the base layer is measured by observing a cross section of the base layer using a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the base layer can be formed, for example, by a vapor deposition method using a vapor deposition material or a wet coating method.
  • the vapor deposition material used in the vapor deposition method preferably contains an oxide containing silicon and a specific element.
  • Specific examples of the form of the vapor deposition material include powder, molten body, sintered body, granulated body, and crushed body, and from the viewpoint of ease of handling, molten body, sintered body, and granulated body are preferable.
  • the melt means a solid obtained by melting the powder of the vapor deposition material at a high temperature and then cooling and solidifying the powder.
  • a sintered body means a solid obtained by firing a powder of a vapor deposition material, and if necessary, a molded body obtained by press-molding the powder may be used instead of a powder of a vapor deposition material.
  • the granule refers to a solid material obtained by kneading a powder of a vapor deposition material and a liquid medium (for example, water, an organic solvent) to obtain particles, and then drying the particles.
  • the vapor deposition material can be manufactured, for example, by the following method.
  • ⁇ Powders containing silicon e.g. powder of silicon oxide, silica sand, silica gel
  • powders containing specific elements e.g.
  • ⁇ Powders containing silicon e.g. powder of silicon oxide, silica sand, silica gel
  • powders containing specific elements e.g. powder of oxides of specific elements, carbonates, sulfates, nitrates, oxalic acid
  • a specific example of a vapor deposition method using a vapor deposition material includes a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • the vacuum deposition method is a method in which a deposition material is evaporated in a vacuum chamber and adhered to the surface of a base material.
  • the temperature during vapor deposition (for example, the temperature of the boat in which the vapor deposition material is placed when using a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus) is preferably 100 to 3,000°C, more preferably 500 to 3,000°C.
  • the pressure during vapor deposition (for example, when using a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, the pressure in the tank in which the vapor deposition material is placed) is preferably 1 Pa or less, more preferably 0.1 Pa or less.
  • one vapor deposition material may be used, or two or more vapor deposition materials containing different elements may be used.
  • evaporation methods include resistance heating, in which the evaporation material is melted and evaporated on a resistance heating boat made of high-melting-point metal, and irradiation of an electron beam onto the evaporation material to directly heat the evaporation material on the surface.
  • An example is the electron gun method, which melts and evaporates.
  • the method of evaporating the deposition material is that it can evaporate high-melting point substances because it can be heated locally, and that there is no risk of reaction with the container or contamination with impurities because the area that is not hit by the electron beam is at a low temperature. Gun law is preferred.
  • a plurality of boats may be used, or all the evaporation materials may be placed in a single boat.
  • the vapor deposition method may be codeposition, alternate vapor deposition, or the like. Specifically, examples include mixing silica and a specific element source in the same boat, co-evaporating silica and a specific element source in separate boats, and alternately depositing silica and a specific element source in separate boats. can be mentioned.
  • the conditions, order, etc. of vapor deposition are appropriately selected depending on the structure of the underlying layer.
  • the base layer on the base material by a wet coating method using a coating liquid containing a compound containing silicon, a compound containing a specific element, and a liquid medium.
  • silicon compounds include silicon oxide, silicic acid, partial condensates of silicic acid, alkoxysilanes, and partially hydrolyzed condensates of alkoxysilanes.
  • Specific examples of compounds containing specific elements include oxides of specific elements, alkoxides of specific elements, carbonates of specific elements, sulfates of specific elements, nitrates of specific elements, oxalates of specific elements, and water of specific elements. Examples include oxides.
  • liquid medium examples include those similar to the liquid medium contained in the composition of the present disclosure described above.
  • the content of the liquid medium is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the coating liquid used to form the base layer.
  • wet coating methods for forming the base layer include spin coating, wipe coating, spray coating, squeegee coating, dip coating, die coating, inkjet, flow coating, roll coating, Examples include the cast method, Langmuir-Blodgett method, and gravure coating method.
  • the drying temperature of the coating film is preferably 20 to 200°C, more preferably 80 to 160°C.
  • the article of the present disclosure is preferably an optical member.
  • optical components include medical devices such as car navigation systems, mobile phones, smartphones, digital cameras, digital video cameras, PDAs, portable audio players, car audio, game devices, eyeglass lenses, camera lenses, lens filters, sunglasses, and gastrocameras.
  • medical devices such as car navigation systems, mobile phones, smartphones, digital cameras, digital video cameras, PDAs, portable audio players, car audio, game devices, eyeglass lenses, camera lenses, lens filters, sunglasses, and gastrocameras.
  • Examples include personal appliances, copying machines, PCs, displays (eg, liquid crystal displays, organic EL displays, plasma displays, touch panel displays), touch panels, protective films, and antireflection films.
  • the article is preferably a display or a touch panel.
  • a method for producing an article of the present disclosure is, for example, a method of surface-treating a base material using the surface treatment agent of the present disclosure to produce an article in which a surface-treated layer is formed on the base material.
  • Surface treatments include dry coating methods and wet coating methods.
  • dry coating methods include vacuum deposition, CVD, and sputtering.
  • a vacuum evaporation method is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing decomposition of the compound and the simplicity of the apparatus.
  • a pellet-like substance obtained by impregnating a porous metal body such as iron or steel with the compound of the present disclosure may be used.
  • a pellet-like material impregnated with the compound of the present disclosure may be used by impregnating a porous metal body such as iron or steel with a composition containing the compound of the present disclosure and a liquid medium, and drying the liquid medium.
  • wet coating methods include spin coating, wipe coating, spray coating, squeegee coating, dip coating, die coating, inkjet coating, flow coating, roll coating, casting, and Langmuir-Blodgett methods. , gravure coating method.
  • an operation may be performed to accelerate the reaction between the compound of the present disclosure and the base material, if necessary.
  • Such operations include heating, humidification, light irradiation, and the like.
  • a hydrolysis reaction of hydrolyzable groups, a reaction between hydroxyl groups, etc. on the surface of the base material and silanol groups, and a condensation reaction of silanol groups. can promote reactions such as the formation of siloxane bonds.
  • compounds in the surface treatment layer that are not chemically bonded to other compounds or the base material may be removed as necessary. Examples of the removal method include a method of pouring a solvent onto the surface treatment layer, a method of wiping with a cloth impregnated with a solvent, and the like.
  • the base material was surface-treated using each compound obtained in Synthesis Examples 6, 12, 15, 17, 23, 18, and 19, and octadecyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., product code: O0256), and each Articles of Examples 1-8 were obtained.
  • a surface treatment method the following dry coating method was used for each example. Chemically strengthened glass was used as the base material.
  • the obtained article was evaluated by the following method. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • the dry coating was performed using a vacuum evaporation device (VTR350M, manufactured by ULVAC) (vacuum evaporation method).
  • VTR350M vacuum evaporation device
  • 0.5 g of a 20% by mass ethyl acetate solution of each compound was filled into a molybdenum boat in a vacuum evaporation apparatus, and the inside of the vacuum evaporation apparatus was evacuated to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 Pa or less.
  • the boat containing the compound solution is heated at a temperature increase rate of 10°C/min or less, and when the deposition rate exceeds 1 nm/sec using a crystal oscillation type film thickness meter, the shutter is opened to deposit the compound solution onto the surface of the substrate.
  • the membrane was started.
  • the shutter was closed to complete the film formation on the surface of the substrate.
  • the substrate on which the compound was deposited was heat-treated at 150° C. for 30 minutes to obtain an article having a surface layer on the surface of the substrate.
  • Examples 1 to 5 are examples, and Examples 6 to 8 are comparative examples. As shown in Table 1, Examples 1 to 5 have good evaluations of both water repellency and abrasion resistance, but Examples 6 to 8 cannot achieve both excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance. Comparing Examples 3 and 5, Example 5 in which X2 in formula (B1) was 21 was superior in wear resistance.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure are useful as surface treatment agents.
  • the surface treatment agent can be used, for example, for substrates in display devices such as touch panel displays, optical elements, semiconductor elements, building materials, automobile parts, nanoimprint technology, and the like.
  • the surface treatment agent can be used for bodies, window glasses (windshields, side glasses, rear glasses), mirrors, bumpers, etc. of transportation equipment such as trains, automobiles, ships, and airplanes.
  • the surface treatment agent can be used for outdoor articles such as building exterior walls, tents, solar power generation modules, sound insulation boards, and concrete; fishing nets, insect nets, and aquariums.
  • the surface treatment agent can be used for various indoor equipment such as kitchens, bathrooms, washstands, mirrors, toilet peripheral parts; ceramics such as chandeliers and tiles; artificial marble, and air conditioners.
  • the surface treatment agent can be used as an antifouling treatment for jigs, inner walls, piping, etc. in a factory.
  • the surface treatment agent can be used for goggles, glasses, helmets, pachinko machines, textiles, umbrellas, play equipment, and soccer balls.
  • the surface treatment agent can also be used as an adhesion prevention agent for various packaging materials such as food packaging materials, cosmetic packaging materials, and the inside of pots.
  • surface treatment agents are used for medical applications such as car navigation systems, mobile phones, smartphones, digital cameras, digital video cameras, PDAs, portable audio players, car audio, game equipment, eyeglass lenses, camera lenses, lens filters, sunglasses, and gastrocameras. It can be used for optical members such as appliances, copying machines, PCs, displays (for example, liquid crystal displays, organic EL displays, plasma displays, touch panel displays), touch panels, protective films, and antireflection films.
  • medical applications such as car navigation systems, mobile phones, smartphones, digital cameras, digital video cameras, PDAs, portable audio players, car audio, game equipment, eyeglass lenses, camera lenses, lens filters, sunglasses, and gastrocameras.
  • optical members such as appliances, copying machines, PCs, displays (for example, liquid crystal displays, organic EL displays, plasma displays, touch panel displays), touch panels, protective films, and antireflection films.

Abstract

A compound containing a triptycene skeleton, a reactive silyl group and a hydrophobic substructure; a composition and a surface treatment agent containing the compound; and an article and a method of manufacturing an article using the surface treatment agent.

Description

化合物、組成物、表面処理剤、物品の製造方法、及び物品Compounds, compositions, surface treatment agents, methods for producing articles, and articles
 本開示は、化合物、組成物、表面処理剤、物品の製造方法、及び物品に関する。 The present disclosure relates to compounds, compositions, surface treatment agents, methods of manufacturing articles, and articles.
 近年、外観、視認性等の性能を向上させるために、物品の表面に指紋を付きにくくする技術や、汚れを落としやすくする技術が求められている。具体的な方法として、物品の表面に表面処理剤を用いて表面処理を行う方法が知られている。 In recent years, in order to improve performance such as appearance and visibility, there has been a demand for technology that makes it difficult for fingerprints to form on the surface of articles and technology that makes it easier to remove dirt. As a specific method, a method is known in which the surface of an article is subjected to surface treatment using a surface treatment agent.
 例えば、特許文献1にはパーフルオロ(ポリ)エーテル基含有シラン化合物およびパーフルオロ(ポリ)エーテル基含有アミドシラン化合物を含んでなる表面処理剤が記載されている。特許文献2には、トリアルキルシリル基を少なくとも1つと、加水分解性ケイ素基を2つ以上有する有機ケイ素化合物、及び金属原子に加水分解性基が少なくとも1つ結合している金属化合物を含む組成物が記載されている。特許文献3には、少なくとも1以上の加水分解性基又は水酸基を有する金属系界面活性剤を含む有機溶剤溶液を用いた有機薄膜の製造方法が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a surface treatment agent containing a perfluoro(poly)ether group-containing silane compound and a perfluoro(poly)ether group-containing amidosilane compound. Patent Document 2 describes a composition containing an organosilicon compound having at least one trialkylsilyl group and two or more hydrolyzable silicon groups, and a metal compound having at least one hydrolyzable group bonded to a metal atom. things are listed. Patent Document 3 describes a method for producing an organic thin film using an organic solvent solution containing a metal surfactant having at least one hydrolyzable group or hydroxyl group.
特開2016-17176号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-17176 特開2017-119849号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-119849 国際公開第2008/016029号International Publication No. 2008/016029
 一方、表面処理剤等に用いられる組成物には撥水性及び耐摩耗性の観点から、さらなる改良が求められている。 On the other hand, compositions used as surface treatment agents and the like are required to be further improved in terms of water repellency and abrasion resistance.
 本開示はこのような事情に鑑みてなされたものであり、本発明の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、基材に対して、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を形成し得る表面処理剤として有用な新規な化合物及び組成物を提供することにある。
 本発明の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、基材に対して、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を形成し得る表面処理剤を提供することにある。
 本発明の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を有する物品及びその製造方法を提供することにある。
The present disclosure has been made in view of the above circumstances, and the problem to be solved by an embodiment of the present invention is to form a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a base material. An object of the present invention is to provide novel compounds and compositions useful as surface treatment agents.
The problem to be solved by an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a surface treatment agent that can form a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a base material.
The problem to be solved by an embodiment of the present invention is to provide an article having a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, and a method for manufacturing the same.
 本開示は以下の態様を含む。
<1> トリプチセン骨格と、反応性シリル基と、疎水性部分構造と、を含む化合物。
<2> 前記反応性シリル基は、前記トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位のいずれか一方に直接又は連結基を介して結合しており、
 前記疎水性部分構造は、前記トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の他方に直接又は連結基を介して結合している、
 <1>に記載の化合物。
<3> 前記疎水性部分構造は、ポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、及び炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖からなる群より選択される少なくとも一種を含む、<1>に記載の化合物。
<4> 前記疎水性部分構造は、ポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、及び炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖からなる群より選択される少なくとも一種を含む、<2>に記載の化合物。
<5> 下記式(1)で表される化合物。
 (T-Z)-L-Tr-Y(-Si(R 3-n  …  (1)
 式(1)中、
 Tはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基であり、
 Zはそれぞれ独立にポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、又は炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖であり、
 Lは単結合又は(m+1)価の連結基であって、Trで表される連結基の9位に結合し、
 Trはトリプチセンから9位の水素原子及び10位の水素原子を除した連結基であり、
 Yは単結合又は(g+1)価の連結基であって、Trで表される連結基の10位に結合し、
 Rはそれぞれ独立に1価の炭化水素基であり、
 Lはそれぞれ独立に加水分解性基又は水酸基であり、
 mは1~3の整数であり、
 nは0~2の整数であり、
 gは1以上の整数である。
<6> 前記式(1)中のmが1である、<5>に記載の化合物。
<7> <1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の化合物と、液状媒体と、を含む組成物。<8> <1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の化合物を含む、表面処理剤。
<9> さらに液状媒体を含む、<8>に記載の表面処理剤。
<10> 基材に対して、<8>に記載の表面処理剤を用いて表面処理を行い、基材上に表面処理層が形成された物品を製造する、物品の製造方法。
<11> 基材に対して、<9>に記載の表面処理剤を用いて表面処理を行い、基材上に表面処理層が形成された物品を製造する、物品の製造方法。
<12> 基材と、前記基材上に配置され、<8>に記載の表面処理剤で表面処理された表面処理層と、を含む物品。
<13> 前記物品が光学部材である、<12>に記載の物品。
<14> 前記物品がディスプレイ又はタッチパネルである、<12>に記載の物品。
The present disclosure includes the following aspects.
<1> A compound containing a triptycene skeleton, a reactive silyl group, and a hydrophobic partial structure.
<2> The reactive silyl group is bonded to either the 9-position or the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group,
The hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the other of the 9-position and 10-position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group,
The compound described in <1>.
<3> The hydrophobic partial structure includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms, <1> Compounds described in.
<4> The hydrophobic partial structure includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms, <2> Compounds described in.
<5> A compound represented by the following formula (1).
(T-Z) m -L 1 -Tr-Y 1 (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) g ... (1)
In formula (1),
T is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
Z is each independently a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, or an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms,
L 1 is a single bond or a (m+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 9-position of the linking group represented by Tr,
Tr is a linking group obtained by removing the hydrogen atom at the 9-position and the hydrogen atom at the 10-position from triptycene,
Y 1 is a single bond or a (g+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 10th position of the linking group represented by Tr,
R 1 is each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group,
L 2 is each independently a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group,
m is an integer from 1 to 3,
n is an integer from 0 to 2,
g is an integer of 1 or more.
<6> The compound according to <5>, wherein m in the formula (1) is 1.
<7> A composition comprising the compound according to any one of <1> to <6> and a liquid medium. <8> A surface treatment agent containing the compound according to any one of <1> to <6>.
<9> The surface treatment agent according to <8>, further comprising a liquid medium.
<10> A method for manufacturing an article, comprising performing a surface treatment on a base material using the surface treatment agent according to <8> to manufacture an article having a surface treatment layer formed on the base material.
<11> A method for manufacturing an article, comprising performing a surface treatment on a base material using the surface treatment agent according to <9> to manufacture an article having a surface treatment layer formed on the base material.
<12> An article comprising a base material and a surface treatment layer disposed on the base material and surface treated with the surface treatment agent according to <8>.
<13> The article according to <12>, wherein the article is an optical member.
<14> The article according to <12>, wherein the article is a display or a touch panel.
 本発明の一実施形態によれば、基材に対して、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を形成し得る表面処理剤として有用な新規な化合物及び組成物が提供される。
 本発明の一実施形態によれば、基材に対して、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を形成し得る表面処理剤が提供される。
 本発明の一実施形態によれば、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を有する物品及び物品の製造方法が提供される。
According to one embodiment of the present invention, novel compounds and compositions useful as a surface treatment agent capable of forming a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a substrate are provided.
According to one embodiment of the present invention, a surface treatment agent capable of forming a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance on a base material is provided.
According to one embodiment of the present invention, an article having a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, and a method for manufacturing the article are provided.
 以下、本発明の一実施形態について詳細に説明する。但し、本発明は以下の実施形態に限定されるものではない。以下の実施形態において、その構成要素(要素ステップ等も含む)は、特に明示した場合を除き、必須ではない。数値及びその範囲についても同様であり、本発明の実施形態を制限するものではない。 Hereinafter, one embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments. In the following embodiments, the constituent elements (including elemental steps and the like) are not essential unless otherwise specified. The same applies to numerical values and their ranges, and they do not limit the embodiments of the present invention.
 本開示において「~」を用いて示された数値範囲には、「~」の前後に記載される数値がそれぞれ最小値及び最大値として含まれる。
 本開示において各成分は該当する物質を複数種含んでいてもよい。組成物中に各成分に該当する物質が複数種存在する場合、各成分の含有率又は含有量は、特に断らない限り、組成物中に存在する当該複数種の物質の合計の含有率又は含有量を意味する。
 本開示に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、一つの数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本開示に記載されている数値範囲において、その数値範囲の上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
 本開示において「層」又は「膜」との語には、当該層又は膜が存在する領域を観察したときに、当該領域の全体に形成されている場合に加え、当該領域の一部にのみ形成されている場合も含まれる。
 本開示において「表面処理層」とは、基材の表面に、表面処理によって形成される層を意味する。
 本開示において、化合物又は基が特定の式(X)で表される場合、当該式(X)で表される化合物又は基をそれぞれ化合物(X)及び基(X)と記すことがある。
 本開示において、(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基とは、オキシアルキレン基又はポリオキシアルキレン基を意味する。
In the present disclosure, numerical ranges indicated using "~" include the numerical values written before and after "~" as minimum and maximum values, respectively.
In the present disclosure, each component may contain multiple types of corresponding substances. If there are multiple types of substances corresponding to each component in the composition, the content rate or content of each component is the total content rate or content of the multiple types of substances present in the composition, unless otherwise specified. means quantity.
In the numerical ranges described step by step in the present disclosure, the upper limit or lower limit described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit or lower limit of another numerical range described step by step. Furthermore, in the numerical ranges described in this disclosure, the upper limit or lower limit of the numerical range may be replaced with the values shown in the Examples.
In this disclosure, the term "layer" or "film" refers to the case where the layer or film is formed only in a part of the region, in addition to the case where the layer or film is formed in the entire region when observing the region where the layer or film is present. This also includes cases where it is formed.
In the present disclosure, the term "surface treated layer" refers to a layer formed on the surface of a base material by surface treatment.
In the present disclosure, when a compound or group is represented by a specific formula (X), the compound or group represented by the formula (X) may be referred to as a compound (X) and a group (X), respectively.
In the present disclosure, a (poly)oxyalkylene group means an oxyalkylene group or a polyoxyalkylene group.
[化合物]
 本開示の化合物は、トリプチセン骨格と、反応性シリル基と、疎水性部分構造と、を含む。
 本開示の化合物を含む組成物を用いて基材表面の表面処理を行うと、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を形成できる。この理由は定かではないが、以下のように推測される。
 本開示の化合物は、トリプチセン骨格を含むため、基材表面において配向しやすい。そのため本開示の化合物は、トリプチセン骨格の作用により配向した状態で、反応性シリル基が基材と密着し、かつ、疎水性部分構造が表面に並ぶ。そのため、本開示の化合物を含む組成物を用いると、撥水性及び耐摩耗性の両方に優れた表面処理層を基板上に形成できると考えられる。
[Compound]
The compounds of the present disclosure include a triptycene skeleton, a reactive silyl group, and a hydrophobic moiety.
When the surface of a substrate is treated with a composition containing the compound of the present disclosure, a surface treated layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance can be formed. Although the reason for this is not certain, it is assumed as follows.
Since the compound of the present disclosure contains a triptycene skeleton, it is easily oriented on the surface of a substrate. Therefore, in the compound of the present disclosure, the reactive silyl group is in close contact with the base material in an oriented state due to the action of the triptycene skeleton, and the hydrophobic partial structures are arranged on the surface. Therefore, it is considered that by using a composition containing the compound of the present disclosure, a surface treatment layer having excellent both water repellency and abrasion resistance can be formed on a substrate.
(トリプチセン骨格)
 本開示の化合物は、トリプチセン骨格を含む。
 トリプチセン骨格とは、トリプチセンから1以上の水素を除いた部分構造をいう。
 以下に、トリプチセンの化学構造及び位置番号を示す。
(triptycene skeleton)
Compounds of the present disclosure include a triptycene skeleton.
The triptycene skeleton refers to a partial structure obtained by removing one or more hydrogen atoms from triptycene.
The chemical structure and position numbers of triptycene are shown below.

 

 
 本開示の化合物に含まれるトリプチセン骨格には、反応性シリル基及び疎水性部分構造が、直接又は連結基を介して結合している。トリプチセン骨格における反応性シリル基及び疎水性部分構造の結合位置は、特に限定されるものではない。つまり、反応性シリル基及び疎水性部分構造は、それぞれ、トリプチセン骨格における1位~16位のいずれの位置に結合してもよい。 A reactive silyl group and a hydrophobic partial structure are bonded directly or via a linking group to the triptycene skeleton contained in the compound of the present disclosure. The bonding positions of the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure in the triptycene skeleton are not particularly limited. That is, the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure may each be bonded to any of the 1st to 16th positions in the triptycene skeleton.
 反応性シリル基と疎水性部分構造とは、トリプチセン骨格における異なる位置にそれぞれ結合してもよく、3価以上の連結基を介してトリプチセン骨格の1つの位置に結合してもよい。反応性シリル基と疎水性部分構造とは、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、トリプチセン骨格における異なる位置にそれぞれ結合することが好ましく、トリプチセン骨格の対称面の反対側に結合することがより好ましい。 The reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure may be bonded to different positions in the triptycene skeleton, respectively, or may be bonded to one position of the triptycene skeleton via a trivalent or higher valent linking group. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure are preferably bonded to different positions in the triptycene skeleton, and are bonded to opposite sides of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton. More preferably, they are combined.
 本開示の化合物が反応性シリル基を2以上含む場合、2以上の反応性シリル基が、トリプチセン骨格における異なる位置にそれぞれ結合してもよく、3価以上の連結基を介してトリプチセン骨格の1つの位置に結合してもよい。撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、2以上の反応性シリル基すべてが、トリプチセン骨格の対称面の一方の側に結合することが好ましく、トリプチセン骨格の1つの位置に結合することがより好ましい。
 本開示の化合物が疎水性部分構造を2以上含む場合、2以上の疎水性部分構造が、トリプチセン骨格における異なる位置にそれぞれ結合してもよく、3価以上の連結基を介してトリプチセン骨格の1つの位置に結合してもよい。撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、2以上の疎水性部分構造すべてが、トリプチセン骨格の対称面の一方の側に結合することが好ましく、トリプチセン骨格の1つの位置に結合することがより好ましい。
When the compound of the present disclosure contains two or more reactive silyl groups, the two or more reactive silyl groups may be bonded to different positions on the triptycene skeleton, and one of the reactive silyl groups may be bonded to one of the triptycene skeletons via a trivalent or higher valent linking group. May be combined in one position. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, it is preferable that all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to one side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton, and bonded to one position of the triptycene skeleton. It is more preferable to do so.
When the compound of the present disclosure contains two or more hydrophobic partial structures, the two or more hydrophobic partial structures may be bonded to different positions in the triptycene skeleton, and one of the hydrophobic partial structures may be bonded to one of the triptycene skeletons via a trivalent or higher valent linking group. May be combined in one position. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, it is preferable that all two or more hydrophobic partial structures are bonded to one side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton, and bonded to one position of the triptycene skeleton. It is more preferable to do so.
 本開示の化合物は、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、反応性シリル基がトリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位のいずれか一方に結合し、かつ、疎水性部分構造がトリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の他方に結合したものであることが好ましい。つまり、本開示の化合物は、トリプチセン骨格の9位に反応性シリル基が結合し、かつ、トリプチセン骨格の10位に疎水性部分構造が結合したものであるか、又はトリプチセン骨格の10位に反応性シリル基が結合し、かつ、トリプチセン骨格の9位に疎水性部分構造が結合したものであることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, the compound of the present disclosure has a reactive silyl group bonded to either the 9-position or the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton, and a hydrophobic partial structure. It is preferable that it be bonded to the other of the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton. In other words, the compound of the present disclosure has a reactive silyl group bonded to the 9-position of the triptycene skeleton and a hydrophobic partial structure bonded to the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton, or has a reactive silyl group bonded to the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton. It is preferable that a hydrophobic silyl group is bonded thereto, and a hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the 9-position of the triptycene skeleton.
 本開示の化合物が2以上の反応性シリル基を含む場合、2以上の反応性シリル基のうち少なくとも1つの反応性シリル基が、トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の一方に結合していることが好ましい。その中でも、2以上の反応性シリル基すべてが、トリプチセン骨格の対称面における一方の位置に結合していることがより好ましい。つまり、2以上の反応性シリル基のうち1つの反応性シリル基がトリプチセン骨格の9位に結合している場合、他の反応性シリル基すべてが、それぞれ、1位、2位、7位、8位、9位、12位、13位、及び14位のいずれかに結合していることがより好ましい。さらにその中でも、2以上の反応性シリル基すべてが、トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位のいずれか一方に結合していることがさらに好ましい。
 本開示の化合物が疎水性部分構造を2以上含む場合、2以上の疎水性部分構造のうち少なくとも1つの疎水性部分構造が、トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の一方に結合していることが好ましい。その中でも、2以上の疎水性部分構造すべてが、トリプチセン骨格の対称面における一方の位置に結合していることがより好ましい。さらにその中でも、2以上の疎水性部分構造すべてが、トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位のいずれか一方に結合していることがさらに好ましい。
When the compound of the present disclosure contains two or more reactive silyl groups, at least one reactive silyl group among the two or more reactive silyl groups is bonded to one of the 9-position and 10-position of the triptycene skeleton. is preferred. Among these, it is more preferable that all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to one position in the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton. That is, when one reactive silyl group among two or more reactive silyl groups is bonded to the 9-position of the triptycene skeleton, all other reactive silyl groups are bonded to the 1-position, 2-position, 7-position, More preferably, it is bonded to any one of the 8th, 9th, 12th, 13th, and 14th positions. Furthermore, among these, it is more preferable that all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to either the 9th or 10th position of the triptycene skeleton.
When the compound of the present disclosure contains two or more hydrophobic partial structures, at least one hydrophobic partial structure among the two or more hydrophobic partial structures may be bonded to one of the 9-position and 10-position of the triptycene skeleton. preferable. Among these, it is more preferable that all two or more hydrophobic partial structures are bonded to one position in the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton. Furthermore, among these, it is more preferable that all two or more hydrophobic partial structures are bonded to either the 9th position or the 10th position of the triptycene skeleton.
 本開示の化合物が2以上の反応性シリル基及び2以上の疎水性部分構造を含む場合、少なくとも1つの反応性シリル基がトリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の一方に結合し、かつ、少なくとも1つの疎水性部分構造がトリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の他方に結合していることが好ましい。その中でも、2以上の反応性シリル基すべてがトリプチセン骨格の対称面における一方の側に結合し、かつ、2以上の疎水性部分構造すべてがトリプチセン骨格の対称面における他方の側に結合していることがより好ましい。さらにその中でも、2以上の反応性シリル基すべてがトリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位のいずれか一方に結合し、かつ、2以上の疎水性部分構造すべてがトリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の他方に結合していることがさらに好ましい。 When the compound of the present disclosure includes two or more reactive silyl groups and two or more hydrophobic moieties, at least one reactive silyl group is bonded to one of the 9- and 10-positions of the triptycene skeleton, and at least one Preferably, two hydrophobic moieties are bonded to the other of the 9- and 10-positions of the triptycene skeleton. Among them, all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to one side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton, and all two or more hydrophobic substructures are bonded to the other side of the plane of symmetry of the triptycene skeleton. It is more preferable. Furthermore, among them, all two or more reactive silyl groups are bonded to either the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton, and all of the two or more hydrophobic partial structures are bonded to the other of the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton. More preferably, it is bonded to.
 トリプチセン骨格は、反応性シリル基及び疎水性部分構造以外の他の置換基を有してもよい。他の置換基としては、炭素数9以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子(具体的には、フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素)ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、カルボニル基等が挙げられる。他の置換基としてのアルキル基の炭素数としては、例えば5以下が好ましく、3以下であってもよい。トリプチセン骨格が他の置換基を有する場合、トリプチセン骨格における他の置換基の結合位置は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、反応性シリル基及び疎水性部分構造のいずれも結合していない位置が挙げられる。なお、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、トリプチセン骨格は、他の置換基を有さないことが好ましい。 The triptycene skeleton may have substituents other than the reactive silyl group and the hydrophobic partial structure. Examples of other substituents include an alkyl group having 9 or less carbon atoms, a halogen atom (specifically, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine), a hydroxy group, an amino group, and a carbonyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group as another substituent is preferably 5 or less, and may be 3 or less, for example. When the triptycene skeleton has other substituents, the bonding positions of the other substituents on the triptycene skeleton are not particularly limited. For example, the positions where neither the reactive silyl group nor the hydrophobic partial structure are bonded are Can be mentioned. In addition, from the viewpoint of obtaining a surface-treated layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, it is preferable that the triptycene skeleton has no other substituents.
 本開示の化合物は、1分子内にトリプチセン骨格を1以上有していればよく、2以上有してもよい。撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、本開示の化合物1分子内に含まれるトリプチセン骨格は、1つであることが好ましい。 The compound of the present disclosure only needs to have one or more triptycene skeletons in one molecule, and may have two or more triptycene skeletons. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface-treated layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance, it is preferable that one triptycene skeleton is contained in one molecule of the compound of the present disclosure.
(反応性シリル基)
 本開示の化合物は、反応性シリル基を含む。反応性シリル基は、化合物の末端に位置する。
 反応性シリル基とは、Si原子に反応性基が結合した基を意味する。反応性基としては、加水分解性基又は水酸基が好ましい。
(Reactive silyl group)
Compounds of the present disclosure contain reactive silyl groups. The reactive silyl group is located at the end of the compound.
A reactive silyl group means a group in which a reactive group is bonded to a Si atom. The reactive group is preferably a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group.
 加水分解性基とは、加水分解反応により水酸基となる基である。すなわち、Si-Lで表される加水分解性を有するシリル基は、加水分解反応によりSi-OHで表されるシラノール基となる。シラノール基は、さらにシラノール基間で反応してSi-O-Si結合を形成する。また、シラノール基は、基材の表面に存在する酸化物に由来するシラノール基と脱水縮合反応して、Si-O-Si結合を形成できる。加水分解性基としては、例えば、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、及びイソシアナト基(-NCO)が挙げられる。アルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。ただし、アリールオキシ基のアリール基は、ヘテロアリール基を含む。ハロゲン原子は、塩素原子であることが好ましい。アシル基は、炭素数1~6のアシル基であることが好ましい。アシルオキシ基は、炭素数1~6のアシルオキシ基であることが好ましい。 A hydrolyzable group is a group that becomes a hydroxyl group through a hydrolysis reaction. That is, the hydrolyzable silyl group represented by Si-L becomes a silanol group represented by Si-OH through a hydrolysis reaction. The silanol groups further react among themselves to form Si--O--Si bonds. Further, the silanol group can undergo a dehydration condensation reaction with a silanol group derived from an oxide present on the surface of the base material to form a Si--O--Si bond. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, and an isocyanato group (-NCO). The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, the aryl group of the aryloxy group includes a heteroaryl group. The halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom. The acyl group is preferably an acyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The acyloxy group is preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 均一な膜を作製しやすく、耐久性に優れる観点からは、反応性シリル基としてはアルコキシシリル基又はトリクロロシリル基が好ましい。基材との反応において生じる副生物の取り扱いやすさの観点から、反応性シリル基は、アルコキシシリル基であることがより好ましい。アルコキシシリル基としてはジアルコキシシリル基又はトリアルコキシシリル基が好ましく、トリアルコキシシリル基がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of easy production of a uniform film and excellent durability, the reactive silyl group is preferably an alkoxysilyl group or a trichlorosilyl group. From the viewpoint of ease of handling by-products generated in the reaction with the base material, the reactive silyl group is more preferably an alkoxysilyl group. The alkoxysilyl group is preferably a dialkoxysilyl group or a trialkoxysilyl group, and more preferably a trialkoxysilyl group.
 本開示の化合物が有する反応性シリル基の数は、1以上であり、表面処理層の耐摩耗性をより向上させる観点から、1~18が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~8がさらに好ましい。本開示の化合物が有する反応性シリル基の数は、1であってもよい。 The number of reactive silyl groups possessed by the compound of the present disclosure is 1 or more, and from the viewpoint of further improving the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer, the number is preferably 1 to 18, more preferably 2 to 12, and 2 to 8. More preferred. The number of reactive silyl groups that the compound of the present disclosure has may be one.
 反応性シリル基としては、下記式(2)で表される基が好ましい。
 -Si(R 3-n  (2)
 式(2)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に1価の炭化水素基であり、Lはそれぞれ独立に加水分解性基又は水酸基であり、nは0~2の整数である。
As the reactive silyl group, a group represented by the following formula (2) is preferable.
-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n (2)
In formula (2), R 1 is each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group, L 2 is each independently a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group, and n is an integer from 0 to 2.
 基(2)が1分子中に複数ある場合、複数の基(2)は、同じであっても異なっていてもよい。原料の入手容易性、及び、化合物の製造容易性の観点からは、複数の基(2)は、同じであることが好ましい。 When there are multiple groups (2) in one molecule, the multiple groups (2) may be the same or different. From the viewpoint of easy availability of raw materials and ease of manufacturing the compound, it is preferable that the plurality of groups (2) are the same.
 Rはそれぞれ独立に1価の炭化水素基であり、1価の飽和炭化水素基が好ましい。Rの炭素数は、1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2がさらに好ましい。 Each R 1 is independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group, and a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms in R 1 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2.
 Lが加水分解性基の場合、加水分解性基としては、上述のものが好ましい。 When L 2 is a hydrolyzable group, the hydrolyzable group is preferably the one described above.
 なかでも、Lは、化合物の製造容易性に優れる観点から、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基)又はハロゲン原子であることが好ましい。Lは、塗布時のアウトガスが少なく、化合物の保存安定性がより優れる観点から、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。化合物の長期の保存安定性が必要な場合には、Lは、エトキシ基であることがより好ましい。塗布後の反応時間を短時間とする場合には、Lは、メトキシ基であることがより好ましい。式(2)において、Lの少なくとも1つが上記基であることが好ましく、Lのすべてが上記基であることがより好ましい。 Among these, L 2 is preferably an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) or a halogen atom from the viewpoint of excellent ease of manufacturing the compound. L 2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, from the viewpoint of less outgassing during coating and better storage stability of the compound. When long-term storage stability of the compound is required, L 2 is more preferably an ethoxy group. When the reaction time after coating is to be shortened, L 2 is more preferably a methoxy group. In formula (2), at least one of L 2 is preferably the above group, and more preferably all of L 2 are the above groups.
 nは、0~2の整数であり、0又は1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。本開示の化合物を表面処理剤に用いる場合、Lが複数存在することによって、表面処理層の基材への密着性がより強固になる。
 nが1以下である場合、1分子中に存在する複数のLは、同じであってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよい。原料の入手容易性、及び、化合物の製造容易性の観点から、複数のLは同じであることが好ましい。nが2である場合、1分子中に存在する複数のRは同じであってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよい。原料の入手容易性、及び、化合物の製造容易性の観点から、複数のRは同じであることが好ましい。
n is an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0. When the compound of the present disclosure is used as a surface treatment agent, the presence of a plurality of L 2 makes the adhesion of the surface treatment layer to the base material stronger.
When n is 1 or less, the plurality of L2s present in one molecule may be the same or different from each other. From the viewpoint of easy availability of raw materials and ease of manufacturing the compound, it is preferable that the plurality of L 2 's are the same. When n is 2, multiple R 1s present in one molecule may be the same or different from each other. From the viewpoint of easy availability of raw materials and ease of manufacturing the compound, it is preferable that a plurality of R 1 's are the same.
 反応性シリル基は、前記の通り、直接又は連結基を介してトリプチセン骨格に結合している。反応性シリル基が連結基を介してトリプチセン骨格に結合している場合、反応性シリル基とトリプチセン骨格との間に存在する連結基は、本開示の目的を損なわない基であればよく、後述の式(1)中のYとして説明される多価連結基が挙げられる。 As described above, the reactive silyl group is bonded to the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group. When the reactive silyl group is bonded to the triptycene skeleton via a linking group, the linking group existing between the reactive silyl group and the triptycene skeleton may be any group that does not impair the purpose of the present disclosure, and is described below. A polyvalent linking group illustrated as Y 1 in formula (1) can be mentioned.
(疎水性部分構造)
 本開示の化合物は、疎水性部分構造を含む。
 疎水性部分構造とは、水に対する親和性が低い部分構造を意味する。
 疎水性部分構造としては、水溶液中でイオン化が可能な基及び水素結合が可能な基を有さない部分構造が挙げられる。ここで、水溶液中でイオン化が可能な基としては、アミノ基、カルボキシ基等が挙げられる。また、水素結合が可能な基としては、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
(Hydrophobic partial structure)
Compounds of the present disclosure include hydrophobic moieties.
A hydrophobic partial structure means a partial structure that has a low affinity for water.
Examples of the hydrophobic partial structure include partial structures that do not have a group that can be ionized in an aqueous solution or a group that can form a hydrogen bond. Here, examples of the group that can be ionized in an aqueous solution include an amino group and a carboxy group. In addition, examples of groups capable of hydrogen bonding include hydroxy groups and the like.
 疎水性部分構造は、鎖式部分構造であることが好ましい。鎖式部分構造とは、環状構造を含まない鎖状の部分構造をいう。
 疎水性部分構造における主鎖の構成原子数は、3以上であり、撥水性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、10以上であることが好ましく、15以上であることがより好ましい。また、疎水性部分構造における主鎖の構成原子数は、耐摩耗性の観点から、500以下であることが好ましく、250以下であることがより好ましく、150以下であることがさらに好ましい。疎水性部分構造における主鎖の構成原子数は、3~500であることが好ましく、10~250であることがより好ましく、15~150であることがさらに好ましい。
The hydrophobic partial structure is preferably a chain partial structure. A chain partial structure refers to a chain partial structure that does not include a cyclic structure.
The number of atoms constituting the main chain in the hydrophobic partial structure is 3 or more, preferably 10 or more, more preferably 15 or more from the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treated layer with excellent water repellency. Further, from the viewpoint of wear resistance, the number of constituent atoms of the main chain in the hydrophobic partial structure is preferably 500 or less, more preferably 250 or less, and even more preferably 150 or less. The number of constituent atoms of the main chain in the hydrophobic partial structure is preferably 3 to 500, more preferably 10 to 250, even more preferably 15 to 150.
 ここで、「主鎖の構成原子数」とは、疎水性部分構造における最も長い直鎖を構成する原子の数をいう。例えば疎水性部分構造がポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖又はポリオキシアルキレン鎖である場合、主鎖を構成する炭素原子及び酸素原子の総数を、主鎖の構成原子数とする。また、例えば疎水性部分構造がポリジアルキルシロキサン残基である場合、主鎖を構成し交互に結合するケイ素原子及び酸素原子の総数を、主鎖の構成原子数とする。また、例えば、疎水性部分構造がアルキレン鎖である場合、主鎖を構成する炭素原子の総数を、主鎖の構成原子数とする。 Here, the "number of atoms constituting the main chain" refers to the number of atoms constituting the longest linear chain in the hydrophobic partial structure. For example, when the hydrophobic partial structure is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain or a polyoxyalkylene chain, the total number of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms constituting the main chain is defined as the number of atoms constituting the main chain. Further, for example, when the hydrophobic partial structure is a polydialkylsiloxane residue, the total number of silicon atoms and oxygen atoms that constitute the main chain and are alternately bonded is defined as the number of atoms constituting the main chain. Further, for example, when the hydrophobic partial structure is an alkylene chain, the total number of carbon atoms constituting the main chain is defined as the number of atoms constituting the main chain.
 本開示の化合物は、撥水性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、疎水性部分構造として、ポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、及び炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖からなる群より選択される少なくとも一種を含むことが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency, the compound of the present disclosure is composed of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms as a hydrophobic partial structure. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of:
 本開示の化合物が有する疎水性部分構造の数は、1以上であり、表面処理層の耐摩耗性をより向上させる観点から、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。
 本開示の化合物が疎水性部分構造を2以上含む場合、2以上の疎水性部分構造は、互いに異なる種類の部分構造であってもよく、同種の部分構造であってもよい。2以上の疎水性部分構造は、化合物の製造容易性の観点から、同種の部分構造であることが好ましい。2以上の疎水性部分構造が同種の部分構造である場合とは、例えば、2以上の疎水性部分構造がいずれもポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖である場合、2以上の疎水性部分構造がいずれもポリジアルキルシロキサン残基である場合、2以上の疎水性部分構造がいずれもポリオキシアルキレン鎖である場合、2以上の疎水性部分構造がいずれもアルキレン鎖である場合等が挙げられる。2以上の疎水性部分構造が同種の部分構造である場合、互いに種類が同じであればよく、炭素数、鎖長等が互いに異なっていてもよい。
The number of hydrophobic partial structures possessed by the compound of the present disclosure is 1 or more, and from the viewpoint of further improving the abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the number is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1. .
When the compound of the present disclosure includes two or more hydrophobic partial structures, the two or more hydrophobic partial structures may be different types of partial structures or may be the same type of partial structures. The two or more hydrophobic partial structures are preferably of the same type from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound. When two or more hydrophobic partial structures are the same type of partial structure, for example, when two or more hydrophobic partial structures are both polyoxyfluoroalkylene chains, two or more hydrophobic partial structures are both polyoxyfluoroalkylene chains. Examples include dialkylsiloxane residues, cases where two or more hydrophobic partial structures are all polyoxyalkylene chains, cases where two or more hydrophobic partial structures are all alkylene chains, etc. When two or more hydrophobic partial structures are of the same type, it is sufficient that they are the same type, and they may be different in carbon number, chain length, etc.
<ポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖>
 ポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖は、下記式(C)で表される。
 (OX  …(C)
 式(C)中、Xは、それぞれ独立に、フルオロアルキレン基であり、kは2以上の整数である。
<Polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain>
The polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain is represented by the following formula (C).
(OX f ) k …(C)
In formula (C), X f is each independently a fluoroalkylene group, and k is an integer of 2 or more.
 フルオロアルキレン基の炭素数は、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、1~8が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~4がさらに好ましい。
 フルオロアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、その中でも、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。
 フルオロアルキレン基は、両末端の炭素原子にそれぞれ1以上のフッ素原子が結合したアルキレン基であればよく、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点からは、ペルフルオロアルキレン基であることが好ましい。フルオロアルキレン基は、フッ素原子及び水素原子の両方を有していてもよい。水素原子を含むフルオロアルキレン基における水素原子の結合位置及び個数は、特に限定されるものではない。
The number of carbon atoms in the fluoroalkylene group is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 4 from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer.
The fluoroalkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, linear or branched is preferred. Preferably, linear is more preferable.
The fluoroalkylene group may be any alkylene group in which one or more fluorine atoms are bonded to each of the carbon atoms at both ends, and from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, it should be a perfluoroalkylene group. is preferred. The fluoroalkylene group may have both a fluorine atom and a hydrogen atom. The bonding position and number of hydrogen atoms in the fluoroalkylene group containing hydrogen atoms are not particularly limited.
 Xの具体例としては、-CHF-、-CF-、-C-、-CFCHF-、-C-、-CCHF-、-CFCHFCF-、-CFCHCF-、-CF(CF)CF-、-C-、-CHFC-、-CFCH-、-CF(CF)C-、-C10-、-CHFC-、-CCH-、-C12-、-C10CHF-、-cycloC-、-cycloC-、及び-cycloC10-が挙げられる。 Specific examples of X f include -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -C 2 F 4 -, -CF 2 CHF-, -C 3 F 6 -, -C 2 F 4 CHF-, -CF 2 CHFCF 2 -, -CF 2 CH 2 CF 2 -, -CF(CF 3 )CF 2 -, -C 4 F 8 -, -CHFC 3 F 6 -, -CF 2 CH 2 C 2 F 4 -, -CF(CF 3 ) C 2 F 4 -, -C 5 F 10 -, -CHFC 4 F 8 -, -C 2 F 4 CH 2 C 2 F 4 -, -C 6 F 12 -, -C 5 F 10 CHF-, -cycloC 4 F 6 -, -cycloC 5 F 8 -, and -cycloC 6 F 10 -.
 ここで、-cycloC-は、ペルフルオロシクロブタンジイル基を意味する。ペルフルオロシクロブタンジイル基としては、ペルフルオロシクロブタン-1,2-ジイル基、及びペルフルオロシクロブタン-1,3-ジイル基が挙げられる。-cycloC-は、ペルフルオロシクロペンタンジイル基を意味する。ペルフルオロシクロペンタンジイル基としては、ペルフルオロシクロペンタン-1,2-ジイル基、及びペルフルオロシクロペンタン-1,3-ジイル基が挙げられる。-cycloC10-は、ペルフルオロシクロヘキサンジイル基を意味する。ペルフルオロシクロヘキサンジイル基としては、ペルフルオロシクロヘキサン-1,2-ジイル基、ペルフルオロシクロヘキサン-1,3-ジイル基、及びペルフルオロシクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基が挙げられる。 Here, -cycloC 4 F 6 - means a perfluorocyclobutanediyl group. Examples of the perfluorocyclobutanediyl group include a perfluorocyclobutane-1,2-diyl group and a perfluorocyclobutane-1,3-diyl group. -cycloC 5 F 8 - means a perfluorocyclopentanediyl group. Examples of the perfluorocyclopentanediyl group include a perfluorocyclopentane-1,2-diyl group and a perfluorocyclopentane-1,3-diyl group. -cycloC 6 F 10 - means a perfluorocyclohexanediyl group. Examples of the perfluorocyclohexanediyl group include perfluorocyclohexane-1,2-diyl group, perfluorocyclohexane-1,3-diyl group, and perfluorocyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
 (OX)の繰り返し数kは、2以上の整数であり、2~200の整数がより好ましく、5~150の整数がさらに好ましく、5~100の整数が特に好ましく、10~50の整数が最も好ましい。 The repetition number k of (OX f ) is an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 200, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, particularly preferably an integer of 5 to 100, and an integer of 10 to 50. Most preferred.
 式(C)中に含まれるk個のXは、互いに同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。つまり、(OXは、2種以上の(OX)を含んでいてもよい。
 2種以上の(OX)の結合順序は限定されず、ランダム、交互、及びブロックのいずれに配置されていてもよい。
 2種以上の(OX)を含むとは、化合物中において、炭素数の異なる2種以上の(OX)が存在すること、炭素数が同一であってもフッ素原子数が異なる2種以上の(OX)が存在すること、並びに炭素数及びフッ素原子数が同一であっても側鎖の有無や側鎖の種類(例えば、側鎖の数、側鎖の炭素数等)が異なる2種以上の(OX)が存在することをいう。
 2種以上の(OX)の配置については、例えば、{(OCFk21(OCk22}で表される構造は、k21個の(OCF)とk22個の(OC)とがランダムに配置されていることを表す。また、(OC-OCk25で表される構造は、k25個の(OC)とk25個の(OC)とが交互に配置されていることを表す。
The k X fs included in formula (C) may be the same or different. That is, (OX f ) k may include two or more types of (OX f ).
The order in which two or more types of (OX f ) are combined is not limited, and may be arranged randomly, alternately, or in blocks.
Containing two or more types of (OX f ) means that two or more types of (OX f ) with different numbers of carbon atoms exist in the compound, or two or more types with the same number of carbon atoms but different numbers of fluorine atoms. (OX f ) exists, and even if the number of carbon atoms and the number of fluorine atoms are the same, the presence or absence of a side chain and the type of side chain (for example, the number of side chains, the number of carbon atoms in the side chain, etc.) are different2 This means that there are more than one species (OX f ).
Regarding the arrangement of two or more types of (OX f ), for example, the structure represented by {(OCF 2 ) k21 (OC 2 F 4 ) k22 } has k21 (OCF 2 ) and k22 (OC 2 F 4 ) are randomly arranged. Furthermore, the structure represented by (OC 2 F 4 -OC 3 F 6 ) k25 means that k25 (OC 2 F 4 ) and k25 (OC 3 F 6 ) are arranged alternately. represent.
 中でも、(OXは、[(OCFk1(OCk2(OCk3(OCk4(OC10k5(OC12k6(O-cycloCk7(O-cycloCk8(O-cycloC10k9]の構造を含むことが好ましい。
 k1、k2、k3、k4、k5、k6、k7、k8、及びk9は、それぞれ独立に、0以上の整数であり、100以下が好ましい。
 k1+k2+k3+k4+k5+k6+k7+k8+k9は2以上の整数であり、2~200の整数がより好ましく、5~150の整数がより好ましく、5~100の整数がさらに好ましく、10~50の整数が特に好ましい。
 また、C、C、C10、及びC12は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよいが、表面処理層の耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、直鎖状が好ましい。
 なお、上記式は単位の種類とその数を表すものであり、単位の配列を表すものではない。すなわち、k1~k9は単位の数を表すものであり、例えば、(OCFk1は、(OCF)単位がk1個連続したブロックを表すものではない。同様に、(OCF)~(O-cycloC10)の記載順は、その記載順にそれらが配列していることを表すものではない。
 上記式において、k1~k9の2つ以上が0でない場合(すなわち、(OXが2種以上の単位から構成されている場合)、異なる単位の配列は、ランダム配列、交互配列、ブロック配列、及びそれら配列の組合せのいずれであってもよい。
Among them, (OX f ) k is [(OCF 2 ) k1 (OC 2 F 4 ) k2 (OC 3 F 6 ) k3 (OC 4 F 8 ) k4 (OC 5 F 10 ) k5 (OC 6 F 12 ) k6 (O-cycloC 4 F 6 ) k7 (O-cycloC 5 F 8 ) k8 (O-cycloC 6 F 10 ) k9 ].
k1, k2, k3, k4, k5, k6, k7, k8, and k9 are each independently an integer greater than or equal to 0, and preferably less than or equal to 100.
k1 + k2 + k3 + k4 + k5 + k6 + k7 + k8 + k9 is an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 200, more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 100, and particularly preferably an integer of 10 to 50.
In addition, C 3 F 6 , C 4 F 8 , C 5 F 10 , and C 6 F 12 may be linear or branched, but the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer From the viewpoint of improving the properties, a straight chain is preferable.
Note that the above formula represents the type and number of units, but does not represent the arrangement of the units. That is, k1 to k9 represent the number of units; for example, (OCF 2 ) k1 does not represent a block in which k1 (OCF 2 ) units are consecutive. Similarly, the order in which (OCF 2 ) to (O-cycloC 6 F 10 ) are written does not indicate that they are arranged in the order in which they are written.
In the above formula, when two or more of k1 to k9 are not 0 (that is, when (OX f ) k is composed of two or more types of units), the arrangement of different units can be random arrangement, alternating arrangement, block It may be either an arrangement or a combination of these arrangements.
 (OXは、連続した(OX)が、-(OXf1-OXf2k10-で表される構造を含むことが好ましい。ただし、Xf1はフルオロアルキレン基であり、Xf2はXf1と異なるフルオロアルキレン基であり、k10は1以上の整数であり、2≦(2×k10)≦kである。Xf1で表されるフルオロアルキレン基及びXf2で表されるフルオロアルキレン基の具体例は、Xで表されるフルオロアルキレン基の具体例と同様である。 (OX f ) k preferably includes a structure in which consecutive (OX f )s are represented by -(OX f1 -OX f2 ) k10 -. However, X f1 is a fluoroalkylene group, X f2 is a fluoroalkylene group different from X f1 , k10 is an integer of 1 or more, and 2≦(2×k10)≦k. Specific examples of the fluoroalkylene group represented by X f1 and the fluoroalkylene group represented by X f2 are the same as those of the fluoroalkylene group represented by X f .
 (OXは、その一部に下記の構造のうち少なくとも1つを有するものが好ましい。
{(OCFk11(OCFCFk12}、
(OCFCFk13
(OCFCFCFk14
(OCFCF-OCFCFCFCFk15
(OCFCFCFk16(OCFCFk17
(OCFCFCFCFCFk16(OCFk17
(OCFCFCFCFCFk16(OCFCFk17
(OCFCFCFCFCFCFk16(OCFk17
(OCFCFCFCFCFCFk16(OCFCFk17
(OCFCFCFCFCF-OCFk18
(OCFCFCFCFCF-OCFCFk18
(OCFCFCFCFCFCF-OCFk18
(OCFCFCFCFCFCF-OCFCFk18
(OCF-OCFCFCFCFCFk18
(OCF-OCFCFCFCFCFCFk18
(OCFCF-OCFCFCFCFCFk18
(OCFCF-OCFCFCFCFCFCFk18
(OCF(CF)CFk19
(OCFCF(CF))k20(OCFCFCFk21(OCFCFk22
 ただし、k11、k12、k13、k14、k15、k16、k17、k18、k19、k20、k21、及びk22は、1以上の整数であり、上限値は(OX)の繰り返し数kの上限値に合わせて調整される。
 特に{(OCFk11(OCFCFk12}において、k12/k11は、表面処理層の耐摩擦性及び撥水性がより優れる点から、0.1~10が好ましく、0.2~5.0がより好ましく、0.2~2.0がさらに好ましく、0.2~1.5が特に好ましく、0.2~0.85が最も好ましい。
(OX f ) k preferably has at least one of the following structures as a part thereof.
{(OCF 2 ) k11 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k12 },
(OCF 2 CF 2 ) k13 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k14 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k15 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k17 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 ) k17 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k17 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 ) k17 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k16 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k17 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF 2 CF 2 -OCF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 ) k18 ,
(OCF( CF3 ) CF2 ) k19
( OCF2CF ( CF3 ) ) k20 ( OCF2CF2CF2 ) k21 ( OCF2CF2 ) k22 .
However, k11, k12, k13, k14, k15, k16, k17, k18, k19, k20, k21, and k22 are integers greater than or equal to 1, and the upper limit is the upper limit of the number of repetitions k of (OX f ). will be adjusted accordingly.
In particular, in {(OCF 2 ) k11 (OCF 2 CF 2 ) k12 }, k12/k11 is preferably from 0.1 to 10, and from 0.2 to 10, from the viewpoint of better abrasion resistance and water repellency of the surface treatment layer. 5.0 is more preferred, 0.2 to 2.0 is even more preferred, 0.2 to 1.5 is particularly preferred, and 0.2 to 0.85 is most preferred.
 (OXにおける下記式で表されるフッ素化率は、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、60%以上であることが好ましく、80%以上がより好ましく、実質的に100%、即ちパーフルオロポリエーテルであることが更に好ましい。
 式:フッ素化率(%)=(フッ素原子の数)/{(フッ素原子の数)+(水素原子の数)}×100
The fluorination rate expressed by the following formula in (OX f ) k is preferably 60% or more, more preferably 80% or more, from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer. More preferably, it is 100% perfluoropolyether.
Formula: Fluorination rate (%) = (number of fluorine atoms) / {(number of fluorine atoms) + (number of hydrogen atoms)} x 100
<ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基>
 ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基は、2価の鎖状のオルガノポリシロキサン残基である。
 ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基としては、下記式(B1)で表される部分構造が好ましい。
<Polydialkylsiloxane residue>
The polydialkylsiloxane residue is a divalent chain organopolysiloxane residue.
As the polydialkylsiloxane residue, a partial structure represented by the following formula (B1) is preferable.

 

 
 式(B1)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基であり、X2は1以上の整数である。 In formula (B1), R 3 is each independently an alkyl group, and X 2 is an integer of 1 or more.
 Rで表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよく、その中でも直鎖状アルキル基又は環状アルキル基が好ましく、直鎖状アルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rで表されるアルキル基の炭素数としては、例えば1~5が挙げられ、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。
 Rで表されるアルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はn-ブチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
 式(B1)中に含まれる(2×X2+2)個のRは、互いに同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
The alkyl group represented by R 3 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and among these, a linear alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group is preferable, and a linear alkyl group or a cyclic alkyl group is preferable. More preferred are alkyl groups.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 3 is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1.
The alkyl group represented by R 3 is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group, and even more preferably a methyl group.
The (2×X2+2) R 3 's included in formula (B1) may be the same or different.
 X2は1以上の整数であり、撥水性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、5~200であることが好ましく、10~100であることがより好ましく、20~80であることがさらに好ましい。耐摩耗性に優れる表面処理層を得る観点から、X2は、9~50が好ましく、11~30がより好ましく、11~25が特に好ましい。 X2 is an integer of 1 or more, and from the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treated layer with excellent water repellency, it is preferably 5 to 200, more preferably 10 to 100, and even more preferably 20 to 80. From the viewpoint of obtaining a surface treated layer with excellent wear resistance, X2 is preferably from 9 to 50, more preferably from 11 to 30, particularly preferably from 11 to 25.
<ポリオキシアルキレン鎖>
 ポリオキシアルキレン鎖は、下記式(A)で表される。
 (OXX3  …(A)
 式(A)中、Xは、それぞれ独立に、アルキレン基であり、X3は2以上の整数である。
<Polyoxyalkylene chain>
The polyoxyalkylene chain is represented by the following formula (A).
( OXh ) X3 ...(A)
In formula (A), X h is each independently an alkylene group, and X3 is an integer of 2 or more.
 アルキレン基の炭素数は、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、1~10が好ましく、2~8がより好ましく、3~8がさらに好ましく、3~6が特に好ましく、4~6が極めて好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、特に表面処理層の撥水性を向上させる観点から、3以上が好ましい。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、その中でも、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, even more preferably 3 to 8, particularly preferably 3 to 6, 4 to 6 are highly preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 3 or more, especially from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency of the surface treatment layer.
The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the alkylene group is preferably linear or branched. , linear is more preferable.
 (OX)の具体例としては、-OCH-、-OC-、-OC-、-OC-、-OC10-、-OC12-、-OCH(CH)CH-、-OCH(CH)CHCH-、-O-cycloC-、-O-cycloC-、及び-O-cycloC10-が挙げられる。
 ここで、-cycloC-は、シクロブタンジイル基を意味する。シクロブタンジイル基としては、シクロブタン-1,2-ジイル基、及びシクロブタン-1,3-ジイル基が挙げられる。-cycloC-は、シクロペンタンジイル基を意味する。シクロペンタンジイル基としては、シクロペンタン-1,2-ジイル基、及びシクロペンタン-1,3-ジイル基が挙げられる。-cycloC10-は、シクロヘキサンジイル基を意味する。シクロヘキサンジイル基としては、シクロヘキサン-1,2-ジイル基、シクロヘキサン-1,3-ジイル基、及びシクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基が挙げられる。
Specific examples of (OX h ) include -OCH 2 -, -OC 2 H 4 -, -OC 3 H 6 -, -OC 4 H 8 -, -OC 5 H 10 -, -OC 6 H 12 -, -OCH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, -OCH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, -O-cycloC 4 H 6 -, -O-cycloC 5 H 8 -, and -O-cycloC 6 H 10 - Can be mentioned.
Here, -cycloC 4 H 6 - means a cyclobutanediyl group. Examples of the cyclobutanediyl group include a cyclobutane-1,2-diyl group and a cyclobutane-1,3-diyl group. -cycloC 5 H 8 - means a cyclopentanediyl group. Examples of the cyclopentanediyl group include a cyclopentane-1,2-diyl group and a cyclopentane-1,3-diyl group. -cycloC 6 H 10 - means a cyclohexanediyl group. Examples of the cyclohexanediyl group include a cyclohexane-1,2-diyl group, a cyclohexane-1,3-diyl group, and a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
 (OX)の繰り返し数X3は、2以上の整数であり、3以上の整数であることが好ましく、3~200の整数がより好ましく、5~150の整数がさらに好ましく、5~100の整数が特に好ましく、10~50の整数が最も好ましい。 The repetition number X3 of (OX h ) is an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 3 or more, more preferably an integer of 3 to 200, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, an integer of 5 to 100. is particularly preferred, and an integer of 10 to 50 is most preferred.
 式(A)中に含まれるX3個のXは、互いに同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。つまり、(OXX3は、2種以上の(OX)を含んでいてもよい。
 2種以上の(OX)の結合順序は限定されず、ランダム、交互、及びブロックのいずれに配置されていてもよい。
 2種以上の(OX)を含むとは、化合物中において、炭素数の異なる2種以上の(OX)が存在すること、及び、炭素数が同一であっても側鎖の有無や側鎖の種類(例えば、側鎖の数、側鎖の炭素数等)が異なる2種以上の(OX)が存在することをいう。
 2種以上の(OX)の配置については、例えば、{(OCHm21(OCm22}で表される構造は、m21個の(OCH)とm22個の(OC)とがランダムに配置されていることを表す。また、(OC-OCm25で表される構造は、m25個の(OC)とm25個の(OC)とが交互に配置されていることを表す。
The X3 X hs included in formula (A) may be the same or different. That is, (OX h ) X3 may contain two or more types of (OX h ).
The order in which two or more types of (OX h ) are combined is not limited, and may be arranged randomly, alternately, or in blocks.
Containing two or more types of (OX h ) means that there are two or more types of (OX h ) with different numbers of carbon atoms in the compound, and even if the number of carbon atoms is the same, the presence or absence of side chains and the side This means that there are two or more types of (OX h ) having different chain types (for example, number of side chains, number of carbon atoms in side chains, etc.).
Regarding the arrangement of two or more types of (OX h ), for example, the structure represented by {(OCH 2 ) m21 (OC 2 H 4 ) m22 } has m21 (OCH 2 )s and m22 (OC 2 H 4 ) H 4 ) are randomly arranged. In addition, the structure represented by (OC 2 H 4 -OC 3 H 6 ) m25 means that m25 (OC 2 H 4 ) and m25 (OC 3 H 6 ) are arranged alternately. represent.
 中でも、(OXX3は、[(OCHm11(OCm12(OCm13(OCm14(OC10m15(OC12m16(O-cycloCm17(O-cycloCm18(O-cycloC10m19]の構造を含むことが好ましい。
 m11、m12、m13、m14、m15、m16、m17、m18、及びm19は、それぞれ独立に、0以上の整数であり、100以下が好ましい。
 m11+m12+m13+m14+m15+m16+m17+m18+m19は2以上の整数であり、2~200の整数がより好ましく、5~150の整数がより好ましく、5~100の整数がさらに好ましく、10~50の整数が特に好ましい。
Among them , ( OX h ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (O-cycloC 4 H 6 ) m17 (O-cycloC 5 H 8 ) m18 (O-cycloC 6 H 10 ) m19 ].
m11, m12, m13, m14, m15, m16, m17, m18, and m19 are each independently an integer of 0 or more, and preferably 100 or less.
m11 + m12 + m13 + m14 + m15 + m16 + m17 + m18 + m19 is an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2 to 200, more preferably an integer of 5 to 150, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 100, particularly preferably an integer of 10 to 50.
 中でも、m13+m14+m15+m16+m17+m18+m19は、2以上の整数が好ましく、2~200がより好ましい。さらにその中でも、m13は2以上の整数が好ましく、2~200がより好ましい。
 また、C、C、C10、及びC12は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよいが、表面処理層の耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、直鎖状が好ましい。
Among these, m13+m14+m15+m16+m17+m18+m19 is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably 2 to 200. Furthermore, among these, m13 is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably 2 to 200.
In addition, C 3 H 6 , C 4 H 8 , C 5 H 10 , and C 6 H 12 may be linear or branched, but the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer From the viewpoint of improving the properties, a straight chain is preferable.
 なお、上記式は単位の種類とその数を表すものであり、単位の配列を表すものではない。すなわち、m11~m19は単位の数を表すものであり、例えば、(OCHm11は、(OCH)単位がm11個連続したブロックを表すものではない。同様に、(OCH)~(O-cycloC10)の記載順は、その記載順にそれらが配列していることを表すものではない。
 上記式において、m11~m19の2以上が0でない場合(すなわち、(OXX3が2種以上の単位から構成されている場合)、異なる単位の配列は、ランダム配列、交互配列、ブロック配列及びそれら配列の組合せのいずれであってもよい。
Note that the above formula represents the type and number of units, but does not represent the arrangement of the units. That is, m11 to m19 represent the number of units; for example, (OCH 2 ) m11 does not represent a block containing m11 consecutive (OCH 2 ) units. Similarly, the order in which (OCH 2 ) to (O-cycloC 6 H 10 ) are written does not indicate that they are arranged in the order in which they are written.
In the above formula, when 2 or more of m11 to m19 are not 0 (that is, when ( OX h ) or a combination of these sequences.
 (OXX3は、下記の構造を有することが好ましい。
 (OCm21
 (OCm22
 (OCm23(OCm24
 (OC-OCm25
 (OCm26
 (OCm27(OCm28
 (OC-OCm29
 ただし、m21は2以上の整数であり、m22は2以上の整数であり、m23及びm24はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数であり、m25は1以上の整数であり、m26は1以上の整数であり、m27及びm28はそれぞれ独立に、1以上の整数であり、m29は1以上の整数である。
(OX h ) X3 preferably has the following structure.
(OC 2 H 4 ) m21 ,
(OC 3 H 6 ) m22 ,
(OC 2 H 4 ) m23 (OC 3 H 6 ) m24 ,
(OC 2 H 4 -OC 3 H 6 ) m25 ,
(OC 4 H 8 ) m26 ,
(OC 3 H 6 ) m27 (OC 4 H 8 ) m28 ,
(OC 3 H 6 -OC 4 H 8 ) m29 .
However, m21 is an integer of 2 or more, m22 is an integer of 2 or more, m23 and m24 are each independently an integer of 1 or more, m25 is an integer of 1 or more, and m26 is an integer of 1 or more. , m27 and m28 are each independently an integer of 1 or more, and m29 is an integer of 1 or more.
<アルキレン鎖>
 アルキレン鎖の炭素数は、10以上であり、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、12以上が好ましく、14以上がより好ましく、16以上がさらに好ましい。アルキレン鎖の炭素数は、21以上であってもよい。アルキレン鎖の炭素数は、耐摩耗性の観点から、100以下であることが好ましく、60以下であることがより好ましく、40以下であることがさらに好ましい。アルキレン鎖の炭素数は、12~100であることが好ましく、14~60であることがより好ましく、16~40であることがさらに好ましい。
 アルキレン鎖は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。
<Alkylene chain>
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene chain is 10 or more, preferably 12 or more, more preferably 14 or more, and even more preferably 16 or more from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene chain may be 21 or more. From the viewpoint of wear resistance, the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene chain is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 60 or less, and even more preferably 40 or less. The alkylene chain preferably has 12 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably 14 to 60 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 16 to 40 carbon atoms.
The alkylene chain may be linear, branched, or cyclic. From the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the alkylene chain is preferably linear or branched. The shape is more preferable.
<連結基及び置換基>
 疎水性部分構造は、前記の通り、直接又は連結基を介してトリプチセン骨格に結合している。疎水性部分構造が連結基を介してトリプチセン骨格に結合している場合、疎水性部分構造とトリプチセン骨格との間に存在する連結基は、本開示の目的を損なわない基であればよく、後述の式(1)中のLとして説明される多価連結基が挙げられる。
 なお、疎水性部分構造がポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖である場合、多価連結基におけるポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖に結合する末端は、-CF-又は-CFH-以外の構造を有する。また、疎水性部分構造がアルキレン鎖である場合、多価連結基におけるアルキレン鎖に結合する末端は、-CH-以外の構造を有する。
<Linking group and substituent>
As described above, the hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group. When the hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the triptycene skeleton via a linking group, the connecting group existing between the hydrophobic partial structure and the triptycene skeleton may be any group that does not impair the purpose of the present disclosure, and is described below. The polyvalent linking group illustrated as L 1 in formula (1) can be mentioned.
In addition, when the hydrophobic partial structure is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, the terminal of the polyvalent linking group bonded to the polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain has a structure other than -CF 2 - or -CFH-. Further, when the hydrophobic partial structure is an alkylene chain, the terminal of the polyvalent linking group that is bonded to the alkylene chain has a structure other than -CH 2 -.
 疎水性部分構造は、置換基を有してもよい。疎水性部分構造が有する置換基は、本開示の目的を損なわない基であればよく、前記反応性シリル基以外の基が挙げられ、具体的には後述の式(1)中のTとして説明される1価の有機基が挙げられる。上記置換基は、例えば、疎水性部分構造の末端のうち、トリプチセン骨格に直接又は連結基を介して結合する末端と反対側の末端に結合する。
 なお、疎水性部分構造がポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖又はポリオキシアルキレン鎖である場合、上記置換基における疎水性部分構造に結合する末端は、-O-以外の構造を有する。また、疎水性部分構造が炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖である場合、上記置換基における疎水性部分構造に結合する末端は、-CH-以外の構造を有する。
The hydrophobic partial structure may have a substituent. The substituent that the hydrophobic partial structure has may be any group that does not impair the purpose of the present disclosure, and includes groups other than the above-mentioned reactive silyl group, specifically described as T in formula (1) below. Examples include monovalent organic groups. The above-mentioned substituent is bonded, for example, to the end of the hydrophobic partial structure opposite to the end bonded to the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group.
In addition, when the hydrophobic partial structure is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain or a polyoxyalkylene chain, the terminal bonded to the hydrophobic partial structure in the above substituent has a structure other than -O-. Furthermore, when the hydrophobic partial structure is an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms, the terminal of the substituent that is bonded to the hydrophobic partial structure has a structure other than -CH 2 -.
(式(1)で表される化合物)
 本開示の化合物は、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れる観点から、下記式(1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 (T-Z)-L-Tr-Y(-Si(R 3-n  …  (1)
 式(1)中、
 Tはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基であり、
 Zはそれぞれ独立にポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、又は炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖であり、
 Lは単結合又は(m+1)価の連結基であって、Trで表される連結基の9位に結合し、
 Trはトリプチセンから9位の水素原子及び10位の水素原子を除した連結基であり、
 Yは単結合又は(g+1)価の連結基であって、Trで表される連結基の10位に結合し、
 Rはそれぞれ独立に1価の炭化水素基であり、
 Lはそれぞれ独立に加水分解性基又は水酸基であり、
 mは1~3の整数であり、
 nは0~2の整数であり、
 gは1以上の整数である。
(Compound represented by formula (1))
The compound of the present disclosure is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1) from the viewpoint of excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance.
(T-Z) m -L 1 -Tr-Y 1 (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) g ... (1)
In formula (1),
T is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
Z is each independently a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, or an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms,
L 1 is a single bond or a (m+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 9-position of the linking group represented by Tr,
Tr is a linking group obtained by removing the hydrogen atom at the 9-position and the hydrogen atom at the 10-position from triptycene,
Y 1 is a single bond or a (g+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 10th position of the linking group represented by Tr,
R 1 is each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group,
L 2 is each independently a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group,
m is an integer from 1 to 3,
n is an integer from 0 to 2,
g is an integer of 1 or more.
 式(1)におけるZは、疎水性部分構造として上述したポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、又は炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖と同様であるため、説明を省略する。
 なお、mが2以上である場合、式(1)で表される化合物に含まれる2以上のZは、同一であってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよい。
 式(1)におけるTrは、前述のトリプチセン骨格のうち、9位に疎水性部分構造が直接又は連結基を介して結合し、かつ、10位に反応性シリル基が直接又は連結基を介して結合するものと同様であるため、説明を省略する。
 式(1)におけるR、L、及びnは、反応性シリル基として上述した式(2)におけるR、L、及びnと同様である。
Z in formula (1) is the same as the above-mentioned polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, polydialkylsiloxane residue, polyoxyalkylene chain, or alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms as a hydrophobic partial structure, so the explanation will be omitted. .
Note that when m is 2 or more, two or more Z's contained in the compound represented by formula (1) may be the same or different from each other.
Tr in formula (1) has a hydrophobic partial structure bonded to the 9th position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group, and a reactive silyl group bonded to the 10th position directly or via a linking group. Since this is the same as the one to be combined, the explanation will be omitted.
R 1 , L 2 , and n in formula (1) are the same as R 1 , L, and n in formula (2) described above as the reactive silyl group.
<式(1)におけるT>
 式(1)におけるTは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基である。mが2以上である場合、式(1)で表される化合物に含まれる2以上のTは、同一であってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよい。
<T in formula (1)>
T in formula (1) is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. When m is 2 or more, two or more T's contained in the compound represented by formula (1) may be the same or different from each other.
 Tで表される1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、フルオロアルキル基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、基-MR 、アリール基、フルオロアリール基、1価のポリシロキサン残基等の置換基、これらの置換基と連結基とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。なお、MはSi、Sn、又はGeであり、Siが好ましい。すなわち基-MR は、-SiR が好ましい。Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭化水素基又はトリアルキルシリルオキシ基である。
 上記置換基と組み合わせる連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、スルホニル基、-NR-、-SiR -、等が挙げられる。なお、Rは、水素原子又は炭化水素基である。これらの連結基は、2以上組み合わせてもよく、2種以上組み合わせてもよい。上記連結基を2以上組み合わせた連結基としては、エステル結合、チオエステル結合、アミド結合、スルホンアミド結合、アリーレン基とエーテル結合と組み合わせ等が挙げられる。
 上記置換基と連結基との組み合わせとしては、基-SiR とアルキレン基との組み合わせ、基-SiR とエーテル結合との組み合わせ、アリール基とエーテル結合との組み合わせ、フルオロアルキル基とアリーレン基とエーテル結合との組み合わせ、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基とアリーレン基とエーテル結合との組み合わせ、フルオロアリール基とエーテル結合との組み合わせ等が挙げられる。
The monovalent organic group represented by T includes substituents such as an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, a group -MR 2 3 , an aryl group, a fluoroaryl group, and a monovalent polysiloxane residue; Examples include groups that combine these substituents and linking groups. In addition, M is Si, Sn, or Ge, and Si is preferable. That is, the group -MR 2 3 is preferably -SiR 2 3 . Each R 2 is independently a hydrocarbon group or a trialkylsilyloxy group.
Linking groups to be combined with the above substituents include alkylene groups, arylene groups, carbonyl groups, ether bonds, thioether bonds, sulfonyl groups, -NR 4 -, -SiR 4 2 -, and the like. Note that R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Two or more of these linking groups may be used in combination, or two or more types of these linking groups may be used in combination. Examples of the linking group in which two or more of the above linking groups are combined include an ester bond, a thioester bond, an amide bond, a sulfonamide bond, a combination of an arylene group and an ether bond, and the like.
Combinations of the above-mentioned substituents and linking groups include the combination of the group -SiR 2 3 and an alkylene group, the combination of the group -SiR 2 3 and an ether bond, the combination of an aryl group and an ether bond, and the combination of a fluoroalkyl group and an arylene group. Examples include a combination of a group and an ether bond, a combination of a pentafluorosulfanyl group, an arylene group, and an ether bond, a combination of a fluoroaryl group and an ether bond, and the like.
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうるアルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよく、その中でも直鎖状アルキル基又は環状アルキル基が好ましく、直鎖状アルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数としては、例えば1~5が挙げられ、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。アルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はn-ブチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。 The alkyl group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, and among them, a linear alkyl group or Cyclic alkyl groups are preferred, and linear alkyl groups are more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1. The alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group, and even more preferably a methyl group.
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうるフルオロアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、その中でも直鎖状フルオロアルキル基が好ましく、直鎖状ペルフルオロアルキル基がより好ましい。フルオロアルキル基の炭素数としては、例えば1~5が挙げられ、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。フルオロアルキル基は、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、n-ヘプタフルオロプロピル基、又はn-ノナフルオロブチル基がより好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基がさらに好ましい。 The fluoroalkyl group that may be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among these, a linear fluoroalkyl group is preferable, and a linear fluoroalkyl group is preferable. A perfluoroalkyl group is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the fluoroalkyl group is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1. The fluoroalkyl group is more preferably a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, an n-heptafluoropropyl group, or an n-nonafluorobutyl group, and even more preferably a trifluoromethyl group.
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうる基-SiR のRで表される炭化水素基としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。中でも、炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状アルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はn-ブチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by R 2 of the group -SiR 2 3 that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Among these, the hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-propyl group is preferable. -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is even more preferred.
 Rで表されるトリアルキルシリルオキシ基に含まれるアルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状アルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はn-ブチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。Rがトリアルキルシリルオキシ基である場合、3つのアルキルシリルオキシ基は同一であってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよいが、製造容易性の観点から、同一であることが好ましい。
 Rで表されるトリアルキルシリルオキシ基は、トリメチルシリルオキシ基、トリエチルシリルオキシ基、トリ-n-プロピルシリルオキシ基、又はトリ-n-ブチルシリルオキシ基が好ましく、トリメチルシリルオキシ基又はトリエチルシリルオキシ基がより好ましい。
The alkyl group contained in the trialkylsilyloxy group represented by R 2 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable. , methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, or n-butyl group, and even more preferably methyl group. When R 2 is a trialkylsilyloxy group, the three alkylsilyloxy groups may be the same or different from each other, but from the viewpoint of ease of production, they are preferably the same.
The trialkylsilyloxy group represented by R 2 is preferably a trimethylsilyloxy group, a triethylsilyloxy group, a tri-n-propylsilyloxy group, or a tri-n-butylsilyloxy group, and a trimethylsilyloxy group or a triethylsilyloxy group is preferable. groups are more preferred.
 基-SiR としては、例えば、メチルジエチルシリル基、メチルエチルプロピルシリル基、メチルエチルブチルシリル基、メチルジプロピルシリル基、メチルプロピルブチルシリル基、メチルジブチルシリル基、ジメチルエチルシリル基、ジメチルプロピルシリル基、ジメチルブチルシリル基、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、トリ-n-プロピルシリル基、トリ-イソプロピルシリル基、及び、これらの基を有するトリアルキルシリルオキシシリル基が挙げられる。
 中でも、表面処理層の撥水性を向上させる観点から、基-SiR は、トリアルキルシリルオキシシリル基が好ましく、トリメチルシリルオキシシリル基又はトリエチルシリルオキシシリル基がより好ましい。
Examples of the group -SiR 2 3 include methyldiethylsilyl group, methylethylpropylsilyl group, methylethylbutylsilyl group, methyldipropylsilyl group, methylpropylbutylsilyl group, methyldibutylsilyl group, dimethylethylsilyl group, dimethyl Examples include propylsilyl group, dimethylbutylsilyl group, trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, tri-n-propylsilyl group, tri-isopropylsilyl group, and trialkylsilyloxysilyl group having these groups.
Among these, from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency of the surface treatment layer, the group -SiR 2 3 is preferably a trialkylsilyloxysilyl group, more preferably a trimethylsilyloxysilyl group or a triethylsilyloxysilyl group.
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうるアリール基は、芳香環から水素を1つ除いた基である。
 芳香環は、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよく、撥液性に優れる観点から単環であることが好ましい。
 芳香環としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環等が挙げられる。
The aryl group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T is a group obtained by removing one hydrogen from an aromatic ring.
The aromatic ring may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably monocyclic from the viewpoint of excellent liquid repellency.
Examples of the aromatic ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a fluorene ring, an anthracene ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, and a pyridine ring.
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうるフルオロアリール基は、上記アリール基の水素原子をフッ素原子に置換した基が挙げられる。フルオロアリール基が有するフッ素原子の数は特に限定されるものではない。
 フルオロアリール基は、ペルフルオロアリール基であることが好ましく、その中でもペンタフルオロフェニル基であることがより好ましい。
Examples of the fluoroaryl group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include a group in which the hydrogen atom of the above aryl group is replaced with a fluorine atom. The number of fluorine atoms that the fluoroaryl group has is not particularly limited.
The fluoroaryl group is preferably a perfluoroaryl group, and more preferably a pentafluorophenyl group.
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうる1価のポリシロキサン残基としては、1価の環状のポリシロキサン残基等が挙げられる。
 1価の環状のポリシロキサン残基としては、下記式(T1)で表される基が挙げられる。
 式(T1)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基又は置換基を有するアルキル基であり、sは1~4の整数である。*は式(1)におけるZへの結合部である。
Examples of the monovalent polysiloxane residue that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include monovalent cyclic polysiloxane residues.
Examples of the monovalent cyclic polysiloxane residue include a group represented by the following formula (T1).
In formula (T1), R 5 is each independently an alkyl group or an alkyl group having a substituent, and s is an integer of 1 to 4. * is the bond to Z in formula (1).

 

 
 Rで表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状アルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~8であることがより好ましく、1~4であることがさらに好ましい。具体的に、Rで表されるアルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はn-ブチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 5 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, the alkyl group represented by R 5 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-butyl group, and more preferably a methyl group.
 Rで表される置換アルキル基に含まれるアルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状アルキル基が好ましい。置換アルキル基に含まれるアルキル基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~8であることがより好ましく、2~4であることがさらに好ましい。 The alkyl group contained in the substituted alkyl group represented by R 5 may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group contained in the substituted alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, and even more preferably 2 to 4.
 Rで表される置換アルキル基における置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基、トリアルキルシリルエーテル基、トリアルキルシリル基、アミノ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、スルホニル基、及びトリフルオロメチル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent in the substituted alkyl group represented by R 5 include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a trialkylsilyl ether group, a trialkylsilyl group, an amino group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a sulfonyl group, and a trimethylsilyl group. Examples include fluoromethyl group.
 複数のRは同一であってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよいが、製造容易性の観点から、同一であることが好ましい。 A plurality of R 5 's may be the same or different from each other, but from the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, it is preferable that they are the same.
 1価の環状のポリシロキサン残基としては、例えば、以下の基が挙げられる。 Examples of monovalent cyclic polysiloxane residues include the following groups.

 

 
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうるアルキレン基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、その中でも直鎖状又は分岐鎖状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数としては、例えば1~5が挙げられ、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましい。
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうるアリーレン基としては、芳香環から水素を2つ除いた基であり、芳香環については前述の通りである。
 Tで表される1価の有機基に含まれうる-NR-及び-SiR -のRで表される炭化水素基としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。中でも、炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状アルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はn-ブチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
The alkylene group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among these, linear or branched is preferable; A chain shape is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2.
The arylene group that can be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T is a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from an aromatic ring, and the aromatic ring is as described above.
Hydrocarbon groups represented by R 4 of -NR 4 - and -SiR 4 2 - that may be included in the monovalent organic group represented by T include, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. can be mentioned. Among these, the hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-propyl group is preferable. -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is even more preferred.
 式(1)におけるZがポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖である場合、式(1)におけるTは、化合物の製造容易性の観点から、水素原子、アルキル基、フルオロアルキル基、アリール基、又はフルオロアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基又はフルオロアルキル基がより好ましく、ペルフルオロアルキル基がさらに好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基が特に好ましい。 When Z in formula (1) is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, T in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a fluoroalkyl group, an aryl group, or a fluoroaryl group, from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound. is preferred, an alkyl group or a fluoroalkyl group is more preferred, a perfluoroalkyl group is even more preferred, and a trifluoromethyl group is particularly preferred.
 式(1)におけるZがポリジアルキルシロキサン残基である場合、式(1)におけるTは、化合物の製造容易性の観点から、アルキル基、トリアルキルシリルオキシ基、トリアルキルシリルオキシシリルオキシ基、トリアルキルシリルオキシシリルアルキレン基、式(T1)で表される基とエーテル結合とを組み合わせた基、又は式(T1)で表される基とアルキレン基とを組み合わせた基が好ましく、トリメチルシリルオキシシリルオキシ基、トリメチルシリルオキシシリルエチレン基、式(T1)で表されsが2でありRがいずれもメチル基である基とエーテル結合とを組み合わせた基、又は式(T1)で表されsが2でありRがいずれもメチル基である基とエチレン基とを組み合わせた基がより好ましい。 When Z in formula (1) is a polydialkylsiloxane residue, T in formula (1) is an alkyl group, a trialkylsilyloxy group, a trialkylsilyloxysilyloxy group, A trialkylsilyloxysilylalkylene group, a group combining a group represented by formula (T1) and an ether bond, or a group combining a group represented by formula (T1) and an alkylene group are preferred, and trimethylsilyloxysilyl An oxy group, a trimethylsilyloxysilylethylene group, a group represented by formula (T1) in which s is 2 and R 5 is a methyl group, and an ether bond; or a group represented by formula (T1) in which s is a methyl group; A combination of a group in which R 5 is 2 and R 5 is a methyl group, and an ethylene group is more preferable.
 式(1)におけるZがポリオキシアルキレン鎖である場合、式(1)におけるTは、化合物の製造容易性に優れる観点から、水素原子、アルキル基、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、基-SiR 、トリアルキルシリルアルキレン基、アリール基、フルオロアリール基、アルキルアリール基、フルオロアルキルアリール基、又はペンタフルオロスルファニルアリール基が好ましく、アルキル基、トリメチルシリルアルキレン基、トリエチルシリルアルキレン基、フェニル基、ペンタフルオロフェニル基、トリフルオロメチルフェニル基、又はペンタフルオロスルファニルフェニル基がより好ましい。 When Z in formula (1) is a polyoxyalkylene chain, T in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, a group -SiR 2 3 , A trialkylsilylalkylene group, an aryl group, a fluoroaryl group, an alkylaryl group, a fluoroalkylaryl group, or a pentafluorosulfanylaryl group are preferred, and an alkyl group, a trimethylsilylalkylene group, a triethylsilylalkylene group, a phenyl group, and a pentafluorophenyl group. , trifluoromethylphenyl group, or pentafluorosulfanylphenyl group are more preferred.
 式(1)におけるZがアルキレン鎖である場合、式(1)におけるTは、化合物の製造容易性の観点から、水素原子、ペンタフルオロスルファニル基、基-SiR 、アリール基、フルオロアリール基、アリールオキシ基、フルオロアリールオキシ基、アルキルアリール基、アルキルアリールオキシ基、フルオロアルキルアリールオキシ基、又はペンタフルオロスルファニルアリールオキシ基が好ましく、水素原子、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、フェニルオキシ基、ペンタフルオロフェニルオキシ基、トリフルオロメチルフェニルオキシ基、又はペンタフルオロスルファニルフェニルオキシ基がより好ましい。 When Z in formula (1) is an alkylene chain, T in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, a pentafluorosulfanyl group, a group -SiR 2 3 , an aryl group, a fluoroaryl group, from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound. , aryloxy group, fluoroaryloxy group, alkylaryl group, alkylaryloxy group, fluoroalkylaryloxy group, or pentafluorosulfanylaryloxy group are preferred, and hydrogen atom, trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, phenyloxy group, pentafluorosulfanylaryloxy group are preferable. A fluorophenyloxy group, a trifluoromethylphenyloxy group, or a pentafluorosulfanylphenyloxy group is more preferred.
 Tで表される1価の有機基の具体例としては、例えば下記構造の有機基が挙げられる。Tで表される有機基は、下記具体例に限定されるものではない。ただし、下記式中、a及びbは、それぞれ独立に1~6の整数であり、1~3の整数であることが好ましい。なお、a及びbは、互いに同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。Phはベンゼン環であり、Phが1価の場合はフェニル基、Phが2価の場合はフェニレン基、FPhはペンタフルオロフェニル基である。*は式(1)におけるZへの結合部である。Meはメチル基であり、Etはエチル基である。
Ph-*
Ph-O-*
H-(CH-*
H-(CH-Ph-*
H-(CH-Ph-O-*
F-(CF-*
F-(CF-Ph-*
F-(CF-Ph-O-*
S-Ph-*
S-Ph-O-*
[H-(CH-]Si-*
[H-(CH-]Si-(CH-*
Ph-*
Ph-O-*
Specific examples of the monovalent organic group represented by T include organic groups having the following structure. The organic group represented by T is not limited to the specific examples below. However, in the following formula, a and b are each independently an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. Note that a and b may be the same or different. Ph is a benzene ring; when Ph is monovalent, it is a phenyl group; when Ph is divalent, it is a phenylene group; and F 5 Ph is a pentafluorophenyl group. * is the bond to Z in formula (1). Me is a methyl group and Et is an ethyl group.
Ph-*
Ph-O-*
H-(CH 2 ) a -*
H-(CH 2 ) a -Ph-*
H-(CH 2 ) a -Ph-O-*
F-( CF2 ) a- *
F-(CF 2 ) a -Ph-*
F-(CF 2 ) a -Ph-O-*
F 5 S-Ph-*
F 5 S-Ph-O-*
[H-(CH 2 ) a- ] 3 Si-*
[H-(CH 2 ) a -] 3 Si-(CH 2 ) b -*
F5 Ph-*
F5 Ph-O-*

 

 
<式(1)におけるm>
 式(1)におけるmは、1~3の整数であり、表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、1~2の整数が好ましく、1がより好ましい。
<m in formula (1)>
m in formula (1) is an integer of 1 to 3, preferably an integer of 1 to 2, and more preferably 1, from the viewpoint of improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer.
<式(1)におけるL
 式(1)におけるLは、単結合又は(m+1)価の連結基であって、Trで表される連結基の9位に結合する。つまり、Lは、単結合又は2~4価の連結基であって、トリプチセン骨格の9位に結合する。なお、Lが単結合である場合、mは1である。
<L 1 in formula (1)>
L 1 in formula (1) is a single bond or a (m+1)-valent linking group, and is bonded to the 9-position of the linking group represented by Tr. That is, L 1 is a single bond or a divalent to tetravalent linking group, and is bonded to the 9-position of the triptycene skeleton. Note that when L 1 is a single bond, m is 1.
 Lで表される連結基としては、アルキレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、スルホニル基、-NR-、-N<、-SiR -、>SiR-、>Si<等が挙げられる。なお、Rは、水素原子又は炭化水素基である。これらの連結基は、2以上組み合わせてもよく、2種以上組み合わせてもよい。
 上記連結基を2以上組み合わせた連結基としては、エステル結合、チオエステル結合、アミド結合、スルホンアミド結合、アルキレン基とアリーレン基との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とカルボニル基との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とエーテル結合との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とチオエーテル結合との組み合わせ、アルキレン基と-NR-との組み合わせ、アルキレン基と-N<との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とエステル結合との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とチオエステル結合との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とアミド結合との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とスルホンアミド結合との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とアミド結合とエーテル結合との組み合わせ、アルキレン基とアミド結合とスルホンアミド結合との組み合わせ等が挙げられる。
The linking group represented by L 1 includes an alkylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, a sulfonyl group, -NR 4 -, -N<, -SiR 4 2 -, >SiR 4 -, >Si<, etc. can be mentioned. Note that R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group. Two or more of these linking groups may be used in combination, or two or more types of these linking groups may be used in combination.
Linking groups that combine two or more of the above linking groups include ester bonds, thioester bonds, amide bonds, sulfonamide bonds, combinations of alkylene groups and arylene groups, combinations of alkylene groups and carbonyl groups, and combinations of alkylene groups and ether bonds. combination, combination of alkylene group and thioether bond, combination of alkylene group and -NR 4 -, combination of alkylene group and -N<, combination of alkylene group and ester bond, combination of alkylene group and thioester bond , a combination of an alkylene group and an amide bond, a combination of an alkylene group and a sulfonamide bond, a combination of an alkylene group, an amide bond, and an ether bond, a combination of an alkylene group, an amide bond, and a sulfonamide bond, and the like.
 Lで表される連結基に含まれうるアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、その中でも直鎖状又は分岐鎖状が好ましく、直鎖状がより好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数としては、例えば1~10が挙げられ、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30であってもよく、4~20であってもよく、5~15であってもよい。Lで表される連結基がアルキレン基とアルキレン以外の連結基との組合せである場合、Lで表される連結基はアルキレン基を2以上含んでもよい。
 Lで表される連結基に含まれうる-NR-、-SiR -、及び>SiR-のRで表される炭化水素基としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。中でも、炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖状アルキル基、分岐鎖状アルキル基、及び環状アルキル基のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状アルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、又はn-ブチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
The alkylene group that can be included in the linking group represented by L 1 may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and among these, linear or branched is preferable, and linear is preferable. More preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is, for example, 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3. The alkylene group may have 1 to 30 carbon atoms, 4 to 20 carbon atoms, or 5 to 15 carbon atoms. When the linking group represented by L 1 is a combination of an alkylene group and a linking group other than alkylene, the linking group represented by L 1 may contain two or more alkylene groups.
Hydrocarbon groups represented by R 4 of -NR 4 -, -SiR 4 2 -, and >SiR 4 - that can be included in the linking group represented by L 1 include, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic group hydrocarbon groups. Among these, the hydrocarbon group is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be any of a linear alkyl group, a branched alkyl group, and a cyclic alkyl group, but a linear alkyl group is preferable, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an n-propyl group is preferable. -butyl group is more preferred, and methyl group is even more preferred.
 Lで表される連結基のTr側末端は、炭素原子又は酸素原子が好ましく、炭素原子がより好ましく、アルキレン基又はカルボニル基がさらに好ましい。
 Lで表される連結基のTr側末端としては、-S-CH-*Tr、-O-CH-*Tr、-NH-CH-*Tr、-CH-CH-*Tr、-S-CO-*Tr、-O-CO-*Tr、-NH-CO-*Tr、-O-*Tr等が好ましく挙げられる。*Trは、Trへの結合部を意味し、以下同様である。
The Tr-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is preferably a carbon atom or an oxygen atom, more preferably a carbon atom, and even more preferably an alkylene group or a carbonyl group.
The Tr-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is -S-CH 2 -* Tr , -O-CH 2 -* Tr , -NH-CH 2 -* Tr , -CH 2 -CH 2 -* Preferred examples include Tr , -S-CO-* Tr , -O-CO-* Tr , -NH-CO-* Tr , and -O-* Tr . * Tr means a bond to Tr, and the same applies hereinafter.
 式(1)におけるZがポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖である場合、Lで表される連結基のZ側末端は、フルオロアルキレン基以外の基であり、アルキレン基、カルボニル基、エーテル結合、又はチオエーテル結合であることが好ましい。
 式(1)におけるZがポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖である場合におけるLで表される連結基のZ側末端としては、*-CH-CH-、*-CH-O-、*-CH-S-、*-O-CH-、*-CO-NH-CH-、*-CO-O-CH-、*-S-CH-等が好ましく挙げられる。*は、Zへの結合部を意味し、以下同様である。
When Z in formula (1) is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L1 is a group other than a fluoroalkylene group, such as an alkylene group, a carbonyl group, an ether bond, or a thioether A bond is preferred.
When Z in formula (1) is a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is * Z -CH 2 -CH 2 -, * Z -CH 2 -O-, * Z -CH 2 -S-, * Z -O-CH 2 -, * Z -CO-NH-CH 2 -, * Z -CO-O-CH 2 -, * Z -S-CH 2 -, etc. Preferably. * Z means a bond to Z, and the same applies hereinafter.
 式(1)におけるZがポリジアルキルシロキサン残基である場合、Lで表される連結基のZ側末端は、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。
 式(1)におけるZがポリジアルキルシロキサン残基である場合におけるLで表される連結基のZ側末端としては、*-(CH-O-CH-、*-(CH-O-(CH-O-CH-、*-(CH-O-CO-、*-(CH-O-(CH-O-CO-等が好ましく挙げられる。a及びbは、それぞれ独立に1~6の整数であり、1~3の整数であることが好ましい。なお、aとbとは同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
When Z in formula (1) is a polydialkylsiloxane residue, the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is preferably an alkylene group.
When Z in formula (1) is a polydialkylsiloxane residue, the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is * Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-CH 2 -, * Z -( CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b -O-CH 2 -, * Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-CO-, * Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b - Preferable examples include O--CO- and the like. a and b are each independently an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. Note that a and b may be the same or different.
 式(1)におけるZがポリオキシアルキレン鎖である場合、Lで表される連結基のZ側末端は、アルキレン基以外の基であり、エーテル結合であることがより好ましい。式(1)におけるZがポリオキシアルキレン鎖である場合におけるLで表される連結基のZ側末端としては、*-O-CO-等が好ましく挙げられる。
 式(1)におけるZがアルキレン鎖である場合、Lで表される連結基のZ側末端は、アルキレン基以外の基であり、エーテル結合であることがより好ましい。式(1)におけるZがアルキレン鎖である場合におけるLで表される連結基のZ側末端としては、*-O-CO-等が好ましく挙げられる。
When Z in formula (1) is a polyoxyalkylene chain, the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is a group other than an alkylene group, and is preferably an ether bond. When Z in formula (1) is a polyoxyalkylene chain, preferred examples of the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 include * Z -O-CO- and the like.
When Z in formula (1) is an alkylene chain, the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 is a group other than an alkylene group, and is preferably an ether bond. When Z in formula (1) is an alkylene chain, preferred examples of the Z-side terminal of the linking group represented by L 1 include * Z -O-CO- and the like.
 Lで表される連結基の具体例としては、例えば下記構造の連結基が挙げられる。Lで表される連結基は、下記具体例に限定されるものではない。ただし、下記式中、a、b、及びcは、それぞれ独立に1~6の整数であり、1~3の整数であることが好ましい。なお、a、b、及びcは、互いに同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。*はZへの結合部であり、*TrはTrへの結合部である。
-(CH-*Tr
-O-(CH-*Tr
-CO-O-(CH-*Tr
-S-(CH-*Tr
-CO-NH-(CH-*Tr
-CO-NH-(CH-O-(CH-*Tr
-CO-NH-(CH-O-CO-*Tr
-CO-NH-(CH-SO-NH-(CH-*Tr
-(CH-O-(CH-*Tr
-(CH-O-(CH-O-(CH-*Tr
-(CH-O-CO-*Tr
-(CH-S-(CH-*Tr
-CO-*Tr
-O-CO-*Tr
-O-*Tr
-CO-O-*Tr
-O-(CH-O-*Tr
-S-(CH-O-*Tr
-CO-NH-(CH-O-*Tr
-(CH-O-(CH-O-*Tr
Specific examples of the linking group represented by L 1 include linking groups having the following structure. The linking group represented by L 1 is not limited to the specific examples below. However, in the following formula, a, b, and c are each independently an integer of 1 to 6, preferably an integer of 1 to 3. Note that a, b, and c may be the same or different. * Z is the bond to Z and * Tr is the bond to Tr.
* Z- ( CH2 ) a- * Tr ,
* Z -O-(CH 2 ) a -* Tr ,
* Z -CO-O-(CH 2 ) a -* Tr ,
* Z -S-( CH2 ) a- * Tr ,
* Z -CO-NH-(CH 2 ) a -* Tr ,
* Z -CO-NH-(CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b -* Tr ,
* Z -CO-NH-(CH 2 ) a -O-CO-* Tr ,
* Z -CO-NH-(CH 2 ) a -SO 2 -NH-(CH 2 ) b -* Tr ,
* Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b -* Tr ,
* Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b -O-(CH 2 ) c -* Tr ,
* Z- ( CH2 ) a -O-CO-* Tr ,
* Z -(CH 2 ) a -S-(CH 2 ) b -* Tr ,
* Z -CO-* Tr ,
* Z -O-CO-* Tr ,
* Z -O-* Tr ,
* Z -CO-O-* Tr ,
* Z -O-(CH 2 ) a -O-* Tr ,
* Z -S-(CH 2 ) a -O-* Tr ,
* Z -CO-NH-(CH 2 ) a -O-* Tr ,
* Z -(CH 2 ) a -O-(CH 2 ) b -O-* Tr ,
<式(1)におけるY(-Si(R 3-n
 Yは単結合又は(g+1)価の連結基である。ただし、Yが単結合の場合g=1である。Yとしては、例えば、エーテル性酸素原子又は2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有していてもよいアルキレン基を含む基、炭素原子、窒素原子、ケイ素原子、2~8価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、及び、後述する式(3-1A)、式(3-1B)、式(3-1A-1)~(3-1A-7)からSi(R 3-nを除いた基が挙げられる。
 また、Yは、後述する基(g2-1)~基(g2-14)であってもよい。
<Y 1 (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) g in formula (1)>
Y 1 is a single bond or a (g+1)-valent linking group. However, when Y 1 is a single bond, g=1. Y 1 is, for example, a group containing an etheric oxygen atom or an alkylene group which may have a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a divalent to octavalent organopolysiloxane. Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n from the residue and formulas (3-1A), formula (3-1B), and formulas (3-1A-1) to (3-1A-7) described below. Examples include groups that have been removed.
Further, Y 1 may be groups (g2-1) to (g2-14) described below.
 gは1以上の整数である。一態様において、表面処理層の耐摩耗性及び指紋除去性の観点からは、gは、1~15であることが好ましく、1~6であることがより好ましい。一態様において、表面処理層の耐摩耗性に優れる観点からは、gは2以上であることが好ましく、2~4であることがより好ましく、2又は3であることがさらに好ましい。一態様において、表面処理層の指紋除去性に優れる観点からは、gは、1~3であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることがさらに好ましい。 g is an integer of 1 or more. In one embodiment, g is preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 6, from the viewpoint of the abrasion resistance and fingerprint removability of the surface treatment layer. In one embodiment, g is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2 or 3 from the viewpoint of excellent wear resistance of the surface treatment layer. In one embodiment, g is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1 from the viewpoint of excellent fingerprint removability of the surface treatment layer.
 gが2以上である場合、式(1)で表される化合物に含まれる2以上の(-Si(R 3-n)は、同一であってもよく、互いに異なっていてもよい。 When g is 2 or more, two or more (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) contained in the compound represented by formula (1) may be the same or different from each other. Good too.
 Yで表される連結基のTr側末端は、炭素原子又は酸素原子が好ましく、炭素原子がより好ましく、アルキレン基又はカルボニル基がより好ましい。
 Yで表される連結基のTr側末端としては、*Tr-CH-O-、*Tr-CH-S-、*Tr-CH-CH-、*Tr-CH-NH-、*Tr-CO-S-、*Tr-CO-O-、*Tr-CO-NH-、*Tr-O-、*Tr-O-CO-、等が好ましく挙げられる。
 Lで表される連結基のTr側末端とYで表される連結基のTr側末端との組み合わせとしては、-S-CH-*Trと*Tr-CH-O-との組み合わせ、-O-CH-*Trと*Tr-CH-O-との組み合わせ、-NH-CH-*Trと*Tr-CH-S-との組み合わせ、-CH-CH-*Trと*Tr-CH-CH-との組み合わせ、-S-CO-*Trと*Tr-CO-O-との組み合わせ、-O-CO-*Trと*Tr-CO-O-との組み合わせ、-NH-CO-*Trと*Tr-CO-S-との組み合わせ、-O-*Trと*Tr-O-との組み合わせ、-CO-O-*Trと*Tr-O-CO-との組み合わせ等が挙げられる。
The Tr-side terminal of the connecting group represented by Y 1 is preferably a carbon atom or an oxygen atom, more preferably a carbon atom, and more preferably an alkylene group or a carbonyl group.
The Tr side terminal of the linking group represented by Y 1 is * Tr -CH 2 -O-, * Tr -CH 2 -S-, * Tr -CH 2 -CH 2 -, * Tr -CH 2 -NH -, * Tr -CO-S-, * Tr -CO-O-, * Tr -CO-NH-, * Tr -O-, * Tr -O-CO-, etc. are preferably mentioned.
A combination of the Tr-side end of the linking group represented by L 1 and the Tr-side end of the linking group represented by Y 1 is a combination of -S-CH 2 -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -O-. combination, -O-CH 2 -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -O-, -NH-CH 2 -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -S-, -CH 2 -CH 2 Combination of -* Tr and * Tr -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -S-CO-* Combination of Tr and * Tr -CO-O-, -O-CO-* Tr and * Tr -CO-O combination with -, combination with -NH-CO-* Tr and * Tr -CO-S-, combination with -O-* Tr and * Tr -O-, -CO-O-* Tr and * Tr - Examples include combinations with O--CO-.
 式(1)における-Y(-Si(R 3-nで表される基は、基(3-1A)又は基(3-1B)が好ましく、基(3-1A)がより好ましい。 The group represented by -Y 1 (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) g in formula (1) is preferably the group (3-1A) or the group (3-1B), and the group (3- 1A) is more preferred.
 -Q-X31(-Q-Si(R 3-n(-R31  …(3-1A)
 -Q-[CHC(R32)(-Q-Si(R 3-n)]-R33 
 …(3-1B)
-Q a -X 31 (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) h (-R 31 ) i ...(3-1A)
-Q c -[CH 2 C(R 32 )(-Q d -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n )] y -R 33
...(3-1B)
 式(3-1A)において、
 Qは、単結合又は2価の連結基であり、
 X31は、単結合、アルキレン基、炭素原子、窒素原子、ケイ素原子、2~8価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、又は(h+i+1)価の環を有する基であり、
 Qは、単結合又は2価の連結基であり、
 R31は、水素原子、水酸基又はアルキル基であり、
 hは1以上の整数であり、iは0以上の整数であり、
 R、L、及びnの定義及び具体例は、反応性シリル基内の各符号の定義及び具体例と同じである。
In formula (3-1A),
Q a is a single bond or a divalent linking group,
X 31 is a group having a single bond, an alkylene group, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a 2- to 8-valent organopolysiloxane residue, or a (h+i+1)-valent ring,
Q b is a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 31 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkyl group,
h is an integer of 1 or more, i is an integer of 0 or more,
The definitions and specific examples of R 1 , L 2 , and n are the same as the definitions and specific examples of each symbol in the reactive silyl group.
 式(3-1B)において、
 Qは、単結合又は2価の連結基であり、
 R32は、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基であり、
 Qは、単結合又はアルキレン基であり、
 R33は、水素原子又はハロゲン原子であり、
 yは、1~10の整数であり、
 R、L、及びnの定義及び具体例は、反応性シリル基内の各符号の定義及び具体例と同じである。
In formula (3-1B),
Q c is a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 32 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms,
Q d is a single bond or an alkylene group,
R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom,
y is an integer from 1 to 10,
The definitions and specific examples of R 1 , L 2 , and n are the same as the definitions and specific examples of each symbol in the reactive silyl group.
 Qは、単結合又は2価の連結基である。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、2価の炭化水素基、2価の複素環基、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-N(R)-、-C(O)-、-Si(R-及び、これらを2種以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。
 上記2価の炭化水素基としては、2価の飽和炭化水素基、2価の芳香族炭化水素基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基であってもよい。2価の飽和炭化水素基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状であってもよく、例えば、アルキレン基が挙げられる。2価の飽和炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましい。また、2価の芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数5~20のものが好ましく、例えば、フェニレン基が挙げられる。それ以外にも、2価の炭化水素基は、炭素数2~20のアルケニレン基、炭素数2~20のアルキニレン基であってもよい。
 上記Rは、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)又はフェニル基である。上記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)である。
 上記これらを2種以上組み合わせた基としては、例えば、-OC(O)-、-C(O)O-、-C(O)S-、-C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)-、-N(R)C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)O-、-OC(O)N(R)-、-SON(R)-、-N(R)SO-、-C(O)N(R)-を有するアルキレン基、-N(R)C(O)-を有するアルキレン基、エーテル性酸素原子を有するアルキレン基、-OC(O)-を有するアルキレン基、-C(O)O-を有するアルキレン基、-C(O)S-を有するアルキレン基、-SON(R)-を有するアルキレン基、アルキレン基-Si(R-フェニレン基-Si(R、チオエーテル結合を有するアルキレン基等が挙げられる。
 一態様において、Qとしては、単結合、-O-、-S-、-N(R)-、-C(O)N(R)-、-OC(O)N(R)-、-C(O)O-、-OC(O)-、及び-C(O)S-、エーテル性酸素原子を有するアルキレン基、チオエーテル結合を有するアルキレン基、アルキレン基が好ましく、単結合、-O-、-C(O)O-、-C(O)S-、アルキレン基-O-、アルキレン基-S-、アルキレン基、及び-OC(O)-がより好ましい。
Q a is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of divalent linking groups include divalent hydrocarbon groups, divalent heterocyclic groups, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -N(R d )-, -C(O) -, -Si(R a ) 2 -, and a combination of two or more thereof.
The divalent hydrocarbon group may be a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, an alkenylene group, or an alkynylene group. The divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and includes, for example, an alkylene group. The divalent saturated hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Furthermore, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a phenylene group. In addition, the divalent hydrocarbon group may be an alkenylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkynylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
The above R a is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or a phenyl group. The above R d is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
Examples of groups combining two or more of the above-mentioned types include -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)N(R d )-, - N(R d )C(O)-, -N(R d )C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)O-, -OC(O)N(R d )-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -C(O)N(R d )-, an alkylene group having -N(R d )C(O)- an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom, an alkylene group having -OC(O)-, an alkylene group having -C(O)O-, an alkylene group having -C(O)S-, - Examples include an alkylene group having SO 2 N(R d )-, an alkylene group -Si(R a ) 2 -phenylene group -Si(R a ) 2 , an alkylene group having a thioether bond, and the like.
In one embodiment, Q a is a single bond, -O-, -S-, -N(R d )-, -C(O)N(R d )-, -OC(O)N(R d ) -, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, and -C(O)S-, an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom, an alkylene group having a thioether bond, and an alkylene group are preferred, and single bonds, -O-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, alkylene group -O-, alkylene group -S-, alkylene group, and -OC(O)- are more preferred.
 X31は、単結合、アルキレン基、炭素原子、窒素原子、ケイ素原子、2~8価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、又は(h+i+1)価の環を有する基である。
 なお、上記アルキレン基は、-O-、シルフェニレン骨格基、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基又はジアルキルシリレン基を有していてもよい。アルキレン基は、-O-、シルフェニレン骨格基、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基及びジアルキルシリレン基からなる群から選択される基を複数有していてもよい。
 X31で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましい。
 2~8価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基としては、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、及び、後述する(w2+1)価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基が挙げられる。
X 31 is a group having a single bond, an alkylene group, a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a 2- to 8-valent organopolysiloxane residue, or a (h+i+1)-valent ring.
The alkylene group may have -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, or a dialkylsilylene group. The alkylene group may have a plurality of groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, and a dialkylsilylene group.
The alkylene group represented by X 31 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Examples of the divalent to octavalent organopolysiloxane residues include divalent organopolysiloxane residues and (w2+1)-valent organopolysiloxane residues described below.
 X31が(h+i+1)価の環を有する基である場合、Q、(-Q-Si(R 3-n)、及び-R31(i=1以上の場合)は該環を構成する原子に直接結合している。ただし、該環はオルガノポリシロキサン環以外の環である。以下、特に言及しない限り、X31における環は、オルガノポリシロキサン環以外の環を意味する。
 X31における環は、単環、縮合多環、橋かけ環、スピロ環及び集合多環のいずれであってもよく、環を構成する原子は、炭素原子のみからなる炭素環でもよく、2価以上の原子価を有するヘテロ原子と炭素原子とからなるヘテロ環でもよい。また、環を構成する原子間の結合は、単結合であってもよく、多重結合であってもよい。さらに、環は芳香族性の環であってもよく、非芳香族性の環であってもよい。
 単環としては、4員環~8員環が好ましく、5員環及び6員環がより好ましい。縮合多環としては、4員環~8員環の2以上が縮合した縮合多環が好ましく、5員環及び6員環から選ばれる環の2又は3個結合した縮合多環、及び、5員環及び6員環から選ばれる環の1又は2個と4員環1個が結合した縮合多環がより好ましい。橋かけ環としては、5員環又は6員環を最大の環とする橋かけ環が好ましく、スピロ環としては、4員環~6員環の2つからなるスピロ環が好ましい。集合多環としては、5員環及び6員環から選ばれる環の2又は3個が単結合、炭素原子の1~3個、又は原子価が2又は3のヘテロ原子1個を介して結合した集合多環が好ましい。なお、集合多環においては、各環にQ、(-Q-Si(R 3-n)及びR31(i=1以上の場合)のいずれかが結合していることが好ましい。
 上記環を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子及び硫黄原子が好ましく、窒素原子及び酸素原子がより好ましい。環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は3個以下が好ましい。また、環を構成するヘテロ原子の数が2個以上の場合、それらのヘテロ原子は同じでも異なっていてもよい。
When X 31 is a group having a (h+i+1)-valent ring, Q a , (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ), and -R 31 (when i=1 or more) are It is directly bonded to the atoms constituting the ring. However, the ring is a ring other than an organopolysiloxane ring. Hereinafter, unless otherwise specified, the ring in X 31 means a ring other than an organopolysiloxane ring.
The ring in X 31 may be a monocyclic ring, a fused polycyclic ring, a bridged ring, a spiro ring, or an assembled polycyclic ring, and the atoms constituting the ring may be a carbocyclic ring consisting only of carbon atoms, or a divalent ring. A heterocycle consisting of a heteroatom having the above valence and a carbon atom may also be used. Further, the bond between atoms constituting the ring may be a single bond or a multiple bond. Furthermore, the ring may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
The monocyclic ring is preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The fused polycyclic ring is preferably a fused polycyclic ring in which two or more 4- to 8-membered rings are fused together, and fused polycyclic rings in which 2 or 3 rings selected from 5-membered rings and 6-membered rings are bonded together; A fused polycyclic ring in which one or two rings selected from membered rings and six-membered rings and one four-membered ring are bonded is more preferred. The bridged ring is preferably a bridged ring whose largest ring is a 5- or 6-membered ring, and the spiro ring is preferably a spiro ring consisting of two 4- to 6-membered rings. As a collective polycyclic ring, two or three rings selected from 5-membered rings and 6-membered rings are bonded via a single bond, 1 to 3 carbon atoms, or 1 heteroatom with a valence of 2 or 3. A set of polycyclic rings is preferred. In addition, in a set polycycle, either Q a , (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ), or R 31 (when i=1 or more) is bonded to each ring. It is preferable.
The hetero atoms constituting the ring are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, and sulfur atoms, and more preferably nitrogen atoms and oxygen atoms. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring is preferably 3 or less. Furthermore, when the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring is two or more, these heteroatoms may be the same or different.
 X31における環としては、化合物を製造しやすい点及び表面処理層の耐摩耗性、耐光性及び耐薬品性がさらに優れる観点から、3~8員環の脂肪族環、ベンゼン環、3~8員環のヘテロ環、これらの環のうちの2又は3個が縮合した縮合環、5員環又は6員環を最大の環とする橋かけ環、及び、これらの環のうちの2つ以上を有し、連結基が単結合、炭素数3以下のアルキレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子である集合多環からなる群より選択される1種が好ましい。
 好ましい環は、ベンゼン環、5員又は6員の脂肪族環、窒素原子又は酸素原子を有する5員又は6員のヘテロ環、及び、5員又は6員の炭素環と4~6員のヘテロ環との縮合環である。
 具体的な環としては、以下に示す環と、1,3-シクロヘキサジエン環、1,4-シクロヘキサジエン環、アントラセン環、シクロプロパン環、デカヒドロナフタレン環、ノルボルネン環、ノルボルナジエン環、フラン環、ピロール環、チオフェン環、ピラジン環、モルホリン環、アジリジン環、イソキノリン環、オキサゾール環、イソオキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、ピラン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、及びインデン環が挙げられる。なお、以下には、オキソ基(=O)を有する環も示す。
As the ring in A heterocycle of a membered ring, a condensed ring in which two or three of these rings are fused together, a bridged ring in which the largest ring is a 5- or 6-membered ring, and two or more of these rings One type selected from the group consisting of a single bond, an alkylene group having 3 or less carbon atoms, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom as a linking group is preferable.
Preferred rings include a benzene ring, a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic ring, a 5- or 6-membered heterocycle having a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom, and a 5- or 6-membered carbon ring and a 4- to 6-membered heterocycle. It is a fused ring with a ring.
Specific rings include the rings shown below, 1,3-cyclohexadiene ring, 1,4-cyclohexadiene ring, anthracene ring, cyclopropane ring, decahydronaphthalene ring, norbornene ring, norbornadiene ring, furan ring, Examples include a pyrrole ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrazine ring, a morpholine ring, an aziridine ring, an isoquinoline ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyran ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and an indene ring. In addition, below, a ring having an oxo group (=O) is also shown.

 

 
 X31における環を構成する原子の環を構成しない結合手は、Q、(-Q-Si(R 3-n)又はR31(i=1以上の場合)に結合する結合手であり、残余の
結合手がある場合は水素原子や置換基に結合している。該置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基(炭素-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子を含んでいてもよい。)、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリル基、アルコキシ基、オキソ基(=O)等が挙げられる。
 また、環を構成する炭素原子の1個がQ、(-Q-Si(R 3-n)、又は-R31(i=1以上の場合)に結合できる結合手を2つ有する場合、その1個の炭
素原子にQ、(-Q-Si(R 3-n)、及び-R31のうちの任意の2つが結合していてもよい。QとQとは別の環構成原子に結合していることが好ましい。i個のR31はそれぞれ別個の環構成原子に結合していてもよく、i個のR31のうちの2個が1個の環構成炭素原子に結合していてもよい。2個のR31が結合した環構成炭素原子が2個以上存在してもよい。
The bond that does not constitute a ring of the atom that constitutes the ring in The remaining bonds, if any, are bonded to hydrogen atoms or substituents. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (which may contain an etheric oxygen atom between carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an allyl group, an alkoxy group, and an oxo group (=O). etc.
In addition, a bond in which one of the carbon atoms constituting the ring can be bonded to Q a , (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ), or -R 31 (when i = 1 or more) , even if any two of Q a , (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ), and -R 31 are bonded to that one carbon atom. good. It is preferable that Q a and Q b are bonded to different ring constituent atoms. Each of the i R 31s may be bonded to a separate ring atom, or two of the i R 31s may be bonded to one ring carbon atom. There may be two or more ring-constituting carbon atoms to which two R 31s are bonded.
 なかでも、X31は、表面処理層の耐摩耗性を向上させる観点から、炭素原子、窒素原子、ケイ素原子、4~8価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、又は(h+i+1)価の環を有する基が好ましく、炭素原子がより好ましい。 Among these, X 31 is a group having a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, a silicon atom, a 4- to 8-valent organopolysiloxane residue, or a (h+i+1)-valent ring, from the viewpoint of improving the abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer. is preferable, and carbon atom is more preferable.
 Qは、単結合又は2価の連結基である。
 2価の連結基としては、例えば、2価の炭化水素基、2価の複素環基、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-N(R)-、-C(O)-、-Si(R-及び、これらを2種以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。
 上記2価の炭化水素基としては、2価の飽和炭化水素基、2価の芳香族炭化水素基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基であってもよい。2価の飽和炭化水素基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状であってもよく、例えば、アルキレン基が挙げられる。2価の飽和炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、2価の芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数5~20のものが好ましく、例えば、フェニレン基が挙げられる。それ以外にも、2価の炭化水素基は、炭素数2~20のアルケニレン基、炭素数2~20のアルキニレン基であってもよい。
 上記Rは、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)又はフェニル基である。上記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)である。
 なお、上記これらを2種以上組み合わせた基としては、例えば、-OC(O)-、-C(O)O-、-C(O)S-、-C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)-、-N(R)C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)O-、-OC(O)N(R)-、-SON(R)-、-N(R)SO-、-C(O)N(R)-を有するアルキレン基、-N(R)C(O)-を有するアルキレン基、エーテル性酸素原子を有するアルキレン基、-OC(O)-を有するアルキレン基、-C(O)O-を有するアルキレン基、-C(O)S-アルキレン基、-SON(R)-を有するアルキレン基、アルキレン基-Si(R-フェニレン基-Si(R等が挙げられる。
 一態様において、Qとしては、単結合、-O-、-S-、-N(R)-、-C(O)N(R)-、-OC(O)N(R)-、-C(O)O-、-OC(O)-、及び-C(O)S-が好ましく、単結合、-OC(O)N(R)-、及び-OC(O)-がより好ましい。
Q b is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of divalent linking groups include divalent hydrocarbon groups, divalent heterocyclic groups, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -N(R d )-, -C(O) -, -Si(R a ) 2 -, and a combination of two or more thereof.
The divalent hydrocarbon group may be a divalent saturated hydrocarbon group, a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group, an alkenylene group, or an alkynylene group. The divalent saturated hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and includes, for example, an alkylene group. The number of carbon atoms in the divalent saturated hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, and examples thereof include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Furthermore, the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 5 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a phenylene group. In addition, the divalent hydrocarbon group may be an alkenylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkynylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
The above R a is an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) or a phenyl group. The above R d is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
Examples of groups combining two or more of the above include -OC(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, -C(O)N(R d )- , -N(R d )C(O)-, -N(R d )C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)O-, -OC(O)N( R d )-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O )-, an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom, an alkylene group having -OC(O)-, an alkylene group having -C(O)O-, a -C(O)S-alkylene group, - Examples include an alkylene group having SO 2 N(R d )-, an alkylene group -Si(R a ) 2 -phenylene group -Si(R a ) 2 , and the like.
In one aspect, Q c is a single bond, -O-, -S-, -N(R d )-, -C(O)N(R d )-, -OC(O)N(R d ) -, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, and -C(O)S- are preferred, and single bonds, -OC(O)N(R d )-, and -OC(O)- is more preferable.
 R31は、水素原子、水酸基又はアルキル基である。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。
R 31 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1.
 hは1以上の整数であり、iは0以上の整数である。
 X31が単結合又はアルキレン基の場合、hは1、iは0である。
 X31が窒素原子の場合、hは1~2の整数であり、iは0~1の整数であり、h+i=2を満たす。
 X31が炭素原子又はケイ素原子の場合、hは1~3の整数であり、iは0~2の整数であり、h+i=3を満たす。
 X31が2~8価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基の場合、hは1~7の整数であり、iは0~6の整数であり、h+i=1~7を満たす。
 X31が(h+i+1)価の環を有する基の場合、hは1~7の整数であり、iは0~6の整数であり、h+i=1~7を満たす。
 (-Q-Si(R 3-n)が2個以上ある場合は、2個以上の(-Q-Si(R 3-n)は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。R31が2個以上ある場合は、2個以上の(-R31)は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
h is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
When X 31 is a single bond or an alkylene group, h is 1 and i is 0.
When X 31 is a nitrogen atom, h is an integer of 1 to 2, i is an integer of 0 to 1, and h+i=2 is satisfied.
When X 31 is a carbon atom or a silicon atom, h is an integer of 1 to 3, i is an integer of 0 to 2, and h+i=3 is satisfied.
When X 31 is a divalent to octavalent organopolysiloxane residue, h is an integer of 1 to 7, i is an integer of 0 to 6, and h+i=1 to 7 is satisfied.
When X 31 is a group having a (h+i+1)-valent ring, h is an integer of 1 to 7, i is an integer of 0 to 6, and h+i=1 to 7 is satisfied.
If there are two or more (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ), two or more (-Q b -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) are the same. It may be different or different. When there are two or more R 31 s, two or more (-R 31 )s may be the same or different.
 なかでも、表面処理層の耐摩耗性を向上させる観点からは、iは0であることが好ましい。 Among these, i is preferably 0 from the viewpoint of improving the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer.
 Qは、単結合又は2価の連結基である。
 2価の連結基の定義及び詳細は、上述したQで説明した定義及び詳細と同じである。
Q c is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The definition and details of the divalent linking group are the same as those explained in Q a above.
 R32は、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基であり、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、メチル基が好ましい。
R 32 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
As the alkyl group, a methyl group is preferred.
 Qは、単結合又はアルキレン基である。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。化合物を製造しやすい観点から、Qは、単結合又は-CH-であることが好ましい。 Q d is a single bond or an alkylene group. The alkylene group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of easy production of the compound, Q d is preferably a single bond or -CH 2 -.
 R33は、水素原子又はハロゲン原子であり、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。 R 33 is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
 yは、1~10の整数であり、1~6の整数であることが好ましい。
 2個以上の[CHC(R32)(-Q-Si(R)3-n)]は、同一であっても異なってもよい。
y is an integer from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 6.
Two or more [CH 2 C(R 32 )(-Q d -Si(R) n L 3-n )] may be the same or different.
 基(3-1A)としては、基(3-1A-1)~(3-1A-7)が好ましい。
 -(X32s1-Qb1-Si(R)3-n  …(3-1A-1)
 -(X33s2-Qa2-N[-Qb2-Si(R)3-n  …(3-1A-2)
 -Qa3-GSi(R)[-Qb3-Si(R)3-n  …(3-1A-3)
 -[Qs4-Qa4-(O)t4-C[-(O)u4-Qb4-Si(R)3-n3-w1(-R31w1  …(3-1A-4)
 -Qa5-Si[-Qb5-Si(R)3-n  …(3-1A-5)
 -[Q-Qa6-Z[-Qb6-Si(R)3-nw2  …(3-1A-6)
 -[Qs4-Qa4-(O)t4-Z[-(O-Qb4u4-Si(R)3-nw3(-OH)w4  …(3-1A-7)
 なお、式(3-1A-1)~(3-1A-7)中、R、L、及び、nの定義は、上述した通りである。
As the group (3-1A), groups (3-1A-1) to (3-1A-7) are preferable.
-(X 32 ) s1 -Q b1 -Si(R) n L 3-n ...(3-1A-1)
-(X 33 ) s2 -Q a2 -N [-Q b2 -Si(R) n L 3-n ] 2 ...(3-1A-2)
-Q a3 -GSi(R g ) [-Q b3 -Si(R) n L 3-n ] 2 ...(3-1A-3)
-[Q e ] s4 -Q a4 -(O) t4 -C[-(O) u4 -Q b4 -Si(R) n L 3-n ] 3-w1 (-R 31 ) w1 ...(3-1A -4)
-Q a5 -Si [-Q b5 -Si(R) n L 3-n ] 3 ...(3-1A-5)
-[Q e ] v -Q a6 -Z a [-Q b6 -Si(R) n L 3-n ] w2 ...(3-1A-6)
-[Q e ] s4 -Q a4 -(O) t4 -Z c [-(O-Q b4 ) u4 -Si(R) n L 3-n ] w3 (-OH) w4 ...(3-1A-7 )
Note that in formulas (3-1A-1) to (3-1A-7), the definitions of R 1 , L 2 , and n are as described above.
 基(3-1A-1)において、X32は、-O-、-C(O)O-、-SON(R)-、-N(R)SO-、-N(R)C(O)-、-C(O)N(R)-、-OC(O)-、-OC(O)N(R)-、-S-、-C(O)S-、又は-N(R)-である(ただし、式中のNはQb1に結合する)。
 Rの定義は、上述した通りである。
 s1は、0又は1である。
In the group (3-1A-1), X 32 is -O-, -C(O)O-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -N(R d ) C(O)-, -C(O)N(R d )-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)N(R d )-, -S-, -C(O)S- , or -N(R d )- (wherein N in the formula is bonded to Q b1 ).
The definition of R d is as described above.
s1 is 0 or 1.
 Qb1は、アルキレン基である。なお、アルキレン基は、-O-、シルフェニレン骨格基、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基又はジアルキルシリレン基を有していてもよい。アルキレン基は、-O-、シルフェニレン骨格基、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基及びジアルキルシリレン基からなる群から選択される基を複数有していてもよい。
 なお、アルキレン基が-O-、シルフェニレン骨格基、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基又はジアルキルシリレン基を有する場合、炭素原子-炭素原子間にこれらの基を有することが好ましい。
 Qb1で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。
Q b1 is an alkylene group. Note that the alkylene group may have -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, or a dialkylsilylene group. The alkylene group may have a plurality of groups selected from the group consisting of -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, and a dialkylsilylene group.
In addition, when the alkylene group has -O-, a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, or a dialkylsilylene group, it is preferable to have these groups between carbon atoms.
The alkylene group represented by Q b1 preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
 Qb1としては、s1が0の場合は、-CHOCHCHCH-、-CHOCHCHOCHCHCH-、-CHCH-、-CHCHCH-、-CHOCHCHCHSi(CHOSi(CHCHCH-が好ましい。(X32s1が-O-の場合は、-CHCHCH-、-CHCHOCHCHCH-が好ましい。(X32s1が-C(O)N(R)-の場合は、炭素数2~6のアルキレン基が好ましい(ただし、式中のNはQb1に結合する)。Qb1がこれらの基であると化合物が製造しやすい。 For Q b1 , when s1 is 0, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 Si(CH 3 ) 2 OSi(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 - are preferred. When (X 32 ) s1 is -O-, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - are preferred. When (X 32 ) s1 is -C(O)N(R d )-, it is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (however, N in the formula is bonded to Q b1 ). When Q b1 is one of these groups, the compound can be easily produced.
 基(3-1A-1)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。下記式中、*は、トリプチセン骨格との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the group (3-1A-1) include the following groups. In the following formula, * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.

 

 

 

 
 基(3-1A-2)において、X33は、-O-、-NH-、-C(O)O-、-SON(R)-、-N(R)SO-、-N(R)C(O)-、又は、-C(O)N(R)-である。
 Rの定義は、上述した通りである。
In the group (3-1A-2), X 33 is -O-, -NH-, -C(O)O-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -N(R d )C(O)- or -C(O)N(R d )-.
The definition of R d is as described above.
 Qa2は、単結合、アルキレン基、-C(O)-、又は、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子、-C(O)-、-C(O)O-、-OC(O)-、-C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)-、-N(R)C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)O-、-OC(O)N(R)-、-SON(R)-、-N(R)SO-、-C(O)N(R)-、若しくは-NH-を有する基である。
 Qa2で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましい。
 Qa2で表される炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子、-C(O)-、-C(O)O-、-OC(O)-、-C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)-、-N(R)C(O)N(R)-、-N(R)C(O)O-、-OC(O)N(R)-、-SON(R)-、-N(R)SO-、-C(O)N(R)-、又は-NH-を有する基の炭素数は、2~10が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい。
Q a2 is a single bond, an alkylene group, -C(O)-, or an etheric oxygen atom, -C(O)-, -C(O) between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms. )O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)-, -N(R d )C(O)N(R d ) -, -N(R d )C(O)O-, -OC(O)N(R d )-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -C( O) A group having N(R d )- or -NH-.
The alkylene group represented by Q a2 preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Ether oxygen atom, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -C between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q a2 (O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)-, -N(R d )C(O)N(R d )-, -N(R d )C(O)O -, -OC(O)N(R d )-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -C(O)N(R d )-, or -NH- The number of carbon atoms in the group having is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6.
 Qa2は、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、-CH-、-CHCH-、-CHCHCH-、-CHOCHCH-、-CHNHCHCH-、-CHOC(O)CHCH-、又は-C(O)-が好ましい。 Q a2 is -CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 NHCH 2 CH 2 - from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound. , -CH 2 OC(O)CH 2 CH 2 -, or -C(O)- are preferred.
 s2は、0又は1である。化合物を製造しやすい観点から、0が好ましい。 s2 is 0 or 1. From the viewpoint of easy production of the compound, 0 is preferable.
 Qb2は、アルキレン基、又は、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間に、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、エーテル性酸素原子若しくは-NH-を有する基である。
 Qb2で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数は1~10であってもよい。
 Qb2で表される炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間に、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、エーテル性酸素原子又は-NH-を有する基の炭素数は、2~10が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい。
Q b2 is an alkylene group or a group having a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, an ether oxygen atom, or -NH- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
The number of carbon atoms in the group having a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, ether oxygen atom or -NH- between carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q b2 is 2 to 10. is preferable, and 2 to 6 are more preferable.
 Qb2としては、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、-CHCHCH-、-CHCHOCHCHCH-が好ましい(ただし、右側がSiに結合する。)。 As Q b2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - are preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound (provided that the right side is bonded to Si).
 2個の[-Qb2-Si(R 3-n]は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The two [-Q b2 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
 基(3-1A-2)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。下記式中、*は、トリプチセン骨格との結合位置を表す。また、式中、反応性シリル基に結合する(CHαにおけるαはメチレン基の数を表す整数であり、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば、2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数は1~10であってもよい。同一化合物中に含まれる複数のαは同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、同一であることが好ましい。例えば、同一化合物中に含まれる複数のαが全て2、3、8、9、11である。以下同様である。 Specific examples of the group (3-1A-2) include the following groups. In the following formula, * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton. Further, in the formula, α in (CH 2 ) α bonded to the reactive silyl group is an integer representing the number of methylene groups, preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, It may be from 2 to 10, or from 2 to 6. Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10. A plurality of α's contained in the same compound may be the same or different, but are preferably the same. For example, all of the plurality of αs contained in the same compound are 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. The same applies below.

 

 
 基(3-1A-3)において、Qa3は、単結合、又は、エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基であり、化合物を製造しやすい点から、単結合が好ましい。
 エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい。
In the group (3-1A-3), Q a3 is a single bond or an alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom, and a single bond is preferred from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
The alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
 Rは、水素原子、水酸基、又はアルキル基である。
 Rとしては、化合物を製造しやすい観点からは、水素原子又はアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
R g is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or an alkyl group.
From the viewpoint of easy production of the compound, R g is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a methyl group.
 Qb3は、アルキレン基、又は、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子若しくは2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有する基である。
 Qb3で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数は1~10であってもよい。
 Qb3で表される炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子又は2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有する基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。
 Qb3は、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、-CHCH-、-CHCHCH-、又は-CHCHCHCHCHCHCHCH-が好ましい。
Q b3 is an alkylene group or a group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b3 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
The carbon number of the group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, represented by Q b3 , is preferably 2 to 20, and 2 to 20. 10 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
Q b3 is preferably -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
 2個の[-Qb3-Si(R 3-n]は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The two [-Q b3 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
 基(3-1A-3)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。下記式中、*は、トリプチセン骨格との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the group (3-1A-3) include the following groups. In the following formula, * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.

 

 
 基(3-1A-4)において、Qは、-C(O)O-、-SON(R)-、-N(R)SO-、-N(R)C(O)-、又は、-C(O)N(R)-である。
 R31の定義は、上述した通りである。
 s4は、0又は1である。
 Qa4は、単結合、又は、エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基である。
 エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい。
 t4は、0又は1(ただし、Qa4が単結合の場合は0である。)である。
 -Qa4-(O)t4-としては、化合物を製造しやすい点から、s4が0の場合は、単結合、-CHO-、-CHOCH-、-CHOCHCHO-、-CHOCHCHOCH-、-CHOCHCHCHCHOCH-が好ましく(ただし、左側がトリプチセン骨格に結合する。)、s4が1の場合は、単結合、-CH-、-CHCH-が好ましい。
In the group (3-1A-4), Q e is -C(O)O-, -SO 2 N(R d )-, -N(R d )SO 2 -, -N(R d )C( O)- or -C(O)N(R d )-.
The definition of R 31 is as described above.
s4 is 0 or 1.
Q a4 is a single bond or an alkylene group which may have an ether oxygen atom.
The alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
t4 is 0 or 1 (however, when Q a4 is a single bond, it is 0).
-Q a4 -(O) t4 - is a single bond, -CH 2 O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 when s4 is 0, from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound. O-, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 - are preferred (however, the left side is bonded to the triptycene skeleton), and when s4 is 1, A single bond, -CH 2 -, and -CH 2 CH 2 - are preferred.
 Qb4は、アルキレン基であり、上記アルキレン基は-O-、-C(O)N(R)-(Rの定義は、上述した通りである。)、シルフェニレン骨格基、2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基又はジアルキルシリレン基を有していてもよく、有していなくてもよい。
 なお、アルキレン基が-O-又はシルフェニレン骨格基を有する場合、炭素原子-炭素原子間に-O-又はシルフェニレン骨格基を有することが好ましい。また、アルキレン基が-C(O)N(R)-、ジアルキルシリレン基又は2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有する場合、炭素原子-炭素原子間又は(O)u4と結合する側の末端にこれらの基を有することが好ましい。
 Qb4で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記範囲は1~10であってもよい。
Q b4 is an alkylene group, and the alkylene group is -O-, -C(O)N(R d )- (the definition of R d is as described above), a silphenylene skeleton group, a divalent It may or may not have an organopolysiloxane residue or a dialkylsilylene group.
In addition, when the alkylene group has -O- or a silphenylene skeleton group, it is preferable to have -O- or a silphenylene skeleton group between carbon atoms. In addition, when the alkylene group has -C(O)N(R d )-, a dialkylsilylene group, or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue, the terminal between carbon atoms or the side bonded to (O) u4 preferably has these groups.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b4 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the range may be from 1 to 10.
 u4は、0又は1である。
 -(O)u4-Qb4-としては、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、-CHCH-、-CHCHCH-、-CHOCHCHCH-、-CHOCHCHCHCHCH-、-OCHCHCH-、-OSi(CHCHCHCH-、-OSi(CHOSi(CHCHCHCH-、及び-CHCHCHSi(CHPhSi(CHCHCH-が好ましい(ただし、右側がSiに結合する。)。
u4 is 0 or 1.
-(O) u4 -Q b4 - includes -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound. OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -OSi(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -OSi(CH 3 ) 2 OSi(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -- and --CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 Si(CH 3 ) 2 PhSi(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 -- are preferred (however, the right side is bonded to Si).
 w1は、0~2の整数であり、0又は1が好ましく、0がより好ましい。
 [-(O)u4-Qb4-Si(R 3-n]が2個以上ある場合は、2個以上の[-(O)u4-Qb4-Si(R 3-n]は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 R31が2個以上ある場合は、2個以上の(-R31)は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
w1 is an integer from 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
If there are two or more [-(O) u4 -Q b4 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ], two or more [-(O) u4 -Q b4 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
When there are two or more R 31 s, two or more (-R 31 )s may be the same or different.
 基(3-1A-4)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。下記式中、*は、トリプチセン骨格との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the group (3-1A-4) include the following groups. In the following formula, * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.

 

 

 

 

 

 
 基(3-1A-5)において、Qa5は、エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基である。
 エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい。
 Qa5としては、化合物を製造しやすい点から、-CHOCHCHCH-、-CHOCHCHOCHCHCH-、-CHCH-、-CHCHCH-が好ましい(ただし、右側がSiに結合する。)。
In the group (3-1A-5), Q a5 is an alkylene group which may have an ether oxygen atom.
The alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
Q a5 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 CH 2 from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound. 2 CH 2 - is preferred (provided that the right side is bonded to Si).
 Qb5は、アルキレン基、又は、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子若しくは2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有する基である。
 Qb5で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数は1~10であってもよい。
 Qb5で表される炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子又は2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有する基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。
 Qb5としては、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、-CHCHCH-、及び-CHCHOCHCHCH-が好ましい(ただし、右側がSi(R 3-nに結合する。)。
Q b5 is an alkylene group or a group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b5 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
The carbon number of the group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q b5 is preferably 2 to 20, and 2 to 20. 10 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
Q b5 is preferably -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - (provided that the right side is Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n .).
 3個の[-Qb5-Si(R 3-n]は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The three [-Q b5 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
 基(3-1A-5)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。下記式中、*は、トリプチセン骨格との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the group (3-1A-5) include the following groups. In the following formula, * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.

 

 
 基(3-1A-6)中のQの定義は、上述の基(3-1A-4)において定義した通りである。
 vは、0又は1である。
The definition of Q e in group (3-1A-6) is as defined in group (3-1A-4) above.
v is 0 or 1.
 Qa6は、エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基である。
 エーテル性酸素原子を有していてもよいアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。
 Qa6としては、化合物を製造しやすい点から、-CHOCHCHCH-、-CHOCHCHOCHCHCH-、-CHCH-、-CHCHCH-が好ましい(ただし、右側がZに結合する。)。
Q a6 is an alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom.
The alkylene group which may have an etheric oxygen atom preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
Q a6 is -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 - , -CH 2 CH 2 from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound. 2 CH 2 - is preferred (provided that the right side is bonded to Z a ).
 Zは、(w2+1)価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、又は、(w2+1)価であって、オルガノポリシロキサン残基とオルガノポリシロキサン残基との間にアルキレン基を有する基である。
 w2は、2~7の整数である。
 (w2+1)価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基、及び、(w2+1)価であって、オルガノポリシロキサン残基とオルガノポリシロキサン残基との間にアルキレン基を有する基としては、下記の基が挙げられる。ただし、下式におけるRは、上述の通りである。
Z a is a (w2+1)-valent organopolysiloxane residue or a (w2+1)-valent group having an alkylene group between the organopolysiloxane residues.
w2 is an integer from 2 to 7.
Examples of (w2+1)-valent organopolysiloxane residues and (w2+1)-valent groups having an alkylene group between organopolysiloxane residues include the following groups: . However, R a in the following formula is as described above.

 

 
 Qb6は、アルキレン基、又は、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子若しくは2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有する基である。
 Qb6で表されるアルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数は1~10であってもよい。
 Qb6で表される炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子又は2価のオルガノポリシロキサン残基を有する基の炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。
 Qb6としては、化合物を製造しやすい観点から、-CHCH-、及び-CHCHCH-が好ましい。
 w2個の[-Qb6-Si(Rn3 3-n]は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Q b6 is an alkylene group or a group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by Q b6 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. . Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10.
The carbon number of the group having an ether oxygen atom or a divalent organopolysiloxane residue between the carbon atoms of the alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms represented by Q b6 is preferably 2 to 20, and 2 to 20. 10 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is even more preferable.
As Q b6 , -CH 2 CH 2 - and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 - are preferable from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound.
w2 [-Q b6 -Si(R 1 ) n3 L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
 基(3-1A-6)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。下記式中、*は、トリプチセン骨格との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the group (3-1A-6) include the following groups. In the following formula, * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.

 

 
 基(3-1A-7)において、Zは(w3+w4+1)価の炭化水素基である。
 w3は、4以上の整数である。
 w4は、0以上の整数である。
 Q、s4、Qa4、t4、Qb4、及びu4の定義及び好ましい範囲は基(3-1A-4)中の各符号の定義と同じである。
In group (3-1A-7), Z c is a (w3+w4+1)-valent hydrocarbon group.
w3 is an integer of 4 or more.
w4 is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
The definitions and preferred ranges of Q e , s4, Q a4 , t4, Q b4 , and u4 are the same as the definitions of each symbol in group (3-1A-4).
 Zは炭化水素鎖からなってもよく、炭化水素鎖の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子を有してもよく、炭化水素鎖からなることが好ましい。
 Zの価数は5~20価が好ましく、5~10価がより好ましく、5~8価がさらに好ましく、5価又は6価が特に好ましい。
 Zの炭素数は3~50が好ましく、4~40がより好ましく、5~30がさらに好ましい。
 w3は、4~20が好ましく、4~16がより好ましく、4~8がさらに好ましく、4又は5が特に好ましい。
 w4は、0~10が好ましく、0~8がより好ましく、0~6がさらに好ましく、0~3が特に好ましく、0又は1が最も好ましい。
 [-(O-Qb4u4-Si(R 3-n]が2個以上ある場合は、2個以上の[-(O-Qb4u4-Si(R 3-n]は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
Z c may consist of a hydrocarbon chain, may have an ether oxygen atom between carbon atoms of the hydrocarbon chain, and is preferably composed of a hydrocarbon chain.
The valence of Z c is preferably 5 to 20, more preferably 5 to 10, even more preferably 5 to 8, particularly preferably penta or hexavalent.
The number of carbon atoms in Z c is preferably 3 to 50, more preferably 4 to 40, even more preferably 5 to 30.
w3 is preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 4 to 16, even more preferably 4 to 8, and particularly preferably 4 or 5.
w4 is preferably 0 to 10, more preferably 0 to 8, even more preferably 0 to 6, particularly preferably 0 to 3, and most preferably 0 or 1.
If there are two or more [-(O-Q b4 ) u4 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ], two or more [-(O-Q b4 ) u4 -Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ] may be the same or different.
 基(3-1A-7)の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。下記式中、*は、トリプチセン骨格との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the group (3-1A-7) include the following groups. In the following formula, * represents the bonding position with the triptycene skeleton.

 

 
 式(1)におけるYは、基(g2-1)(ただし、d1+d3=1、d2+d4=gである。)、基(g2-2)(ただし、e1=1、e2=gである。)、基(g2-3)(ただし、g=2である。)、基(g2-4)(ただし、h1=1、h2=gである。)、基(g2-5)(ただし、i1=1、i2=gである。)、基(g2-6)(ただし、g=1である。)、又は、基(g2-7)(ただし、i3=gである。)であってもよい。 Y 1 in formula (1) is a group (g2-1) (however, d1+d3=1, d2+d4=g) and a group (g2-2) (however, e1=1, e2=g). , group (g2-3) (however, g=2), group (g2-4) (however, h1=1, h2=g), group (g2-5) (however, i1= 1, i2=g), a group (g2-6) (however, g=1), or a group (g2-7) (however, i3=g). .

 

 
 (-A-Q12-)e1C(Re24-e1-e2(-Q22-)e2  …(g2-2)
 -A-Q13-N(-Q23-)  …(g2-3)
 (-A-Q14-)h1(-Q24-)h2  …(g2-4)
 (-A-Q15-)i1Si(Re34-i1-i2(-Q25-)i2  …(g2-5)
 -A-Q26-  (g2-6)
 -A-Q12-CH(-Q22-)-Si(Re33-i3(-Q25-)i3 
 …(g2-7)
(-A 1 -Q 12 -) e1 C(R e2 ) 4-e1-e2 (-Q 22 -) e2 ...(g2-2)
-A 1 -Q 13 -N(-Q 23 -) 2 ...(g2-3)
(-A 1 -Q 14 -) h1 Z 1 (-Q 24 -) h2 ... (g2-4)
(-A 1 -Q 15 -) i1 Si(R e3 ) 4-i1-i2 (-Q 25 -) i2 ...(g2-5)
-A 1 -Q 26 - (g2-6)
-A 1 -Q 12 -CH(-Q 22 -)-Si(R e3 ) 3-i3 (-Q 25 -) i3
...(g2-7)
 ただし、式(g2-1)~(g2-7)においては、A側がトリプチセン骨格に結合し、Q22、Q23、Q24、Q25又はQ26側が(-Si(R 3-n)に結合する。
 Aは、単結合、-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-C(O)O-、-C(O)S-、-OC(O)O-、-NHC(O)O-、-NHC(O)NR-、-O-又はSONR-である。
 Q11は、単結合、-O-、アルキレン基、又は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-又は-O-を有する基である。
 Q12は、単結合、アルキレン基、又は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-、-S-、又は-O-を有する基である。
 Q13は、単結合(ただし、Aは-C(O)-である。)、アルキレン基、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-、-S-、又は-O-を有する基、又はアルキレン基のN側の末端に-C(O)-を有する基である。
 Q14は、Q14が結合するZにおける原子が炭素原子の場合、Q12であり、Q14が結合するZにおける原子が窒素原子の場合、Q13である。
 Q15は、アルキレン基、又は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-、-S-、又は-O-を有する基である。
 Q22は、アルキレン基、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-又はO-を有する基、アルキレン基のSiに結合しない側の末端に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-又はO-を有する基、又は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-又はO-を有しかつSiに結合しない側の末端に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-又はO-を有する基であり、YがQ22を2以上有する場合、2以上のQ22は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Q23は、アルキレン基、又は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-又はO-を有する基であり、2個のQ23は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Q24は、Q24が結合するZにおける原子が炭素原子の場合、Q22であり、Q24が結合するZにおける原子が窒素原子の場合、Q23であり、YがQ24を2以上有する場合、2以上のQ24は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Q25は、アルキレン基、又は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-又はO-を有する基であり、YがQ25を2以上有する場合、2以上のQ25は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Q26は、単結合、アルキレン基、又は炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-、-S-、又は-O-を有する基である。
 Zは、Q14が直接結合する炭素原子又は窒素原子を有しかつQ24が直接結合する炭素原子又は窒素原子を有するh1+h2価の環構造を有する基である。
 Re1は、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、YがRe1を2以上有する場合、2以上のRe1は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 Re2は、水素原子、水酸基、アルキル基又はアシルオキシ基である。
 Re3は、アルキル基である。
 Rは、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフェニル基である。
However, in formulas (g2-1) to (g2-7), the A 1 side is bonded to the triptycene skeleton, and the Q 22 , Q 23 , Q 24 , Q 25 or Q 26 side is (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ).
A 1 is a single bond, -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -C(O)S-, -OC(O)O-, -NHC( O)O-, -NHC(O)NR 6 -, -O- or SO 2 NR 6 -.
Q 11 is a single bond, -O-, an alkylene group, or a bond between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, or It is a group having -O-.
Q 12 is a single bond, an alkylene group, or a bond between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, -S-, Or a group having -O-.
Q 13 is a single bond (A 1 is -C(O)-), an alkylene group, or -C(O)NR 6 -, - between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms. A group having C(O)-, -NR 6 -, -S-, or -O-, or a group having -C(O)- at the N-side end of an alkylene group.
Q 14 is Q 12 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 14 is bonded is a carbon atom, and is Q 13 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 14 is bonded is a nitrogen atom.
Q 15 is an alkylene group, or -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, -S-, or -O between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms. It is a group having -.
Q 22 is an alkylene group, a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, an alkylene group A group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- at the end not bonded to Si, or between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- and -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O) at the end that does not bond to Si It is a group having -, -NR 6 - or O-, and when Y 1 has two or more Q 22s , two or more Q 22s may be the same or different.
Q 23 is an alkylene group or a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms; , two Q23s may be the same or different.
Q 24 is Q 22 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 24 is bonded is a carbon atom, and Q 23 when the atom in Z 1 to which Q 24 is bonded is a nitrogen atom; When there are two or more, two or more Q24 may be the same or different.
Q 25 is an alkylene group or a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms; , Y 1 has two or more Q 25s , the two or more Q 25s may be the same or different.
Q 26 is a single bond, an alkylene group, or a bond between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 -, -S-, Or a group having -O-.
Z 1 is a group having an h1+h2 valent ring structure in which Q 14 has a carbon atom or nitrogen atom to which Q 14 is directly bonded, and Q 24 has a carbon atom or nitrogen atom to which Q 24 is directly bonded.
R e1 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and when Y 1 has two or more R e1s , the two or more R e1s may be the same or different.
R e2 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, or an acyloxy group.
R e3 is an alkyl group.
R 6 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
 d1は、0~1の整数である。d2は、0~3の整数であり、1又は2であることが好ましい。d1+d2は、1~3の整数である。
 d3は、0~1の整数である。d4は、0~3の整数であり、2又は3であることが好ましい。d3+d4は、1~3の整数である。
 d1+d3は、1である。
 d2+d4は、1~5の整数であり、4又は5であることが好ましい。
 e1+e2は、3又は4である。e1は、1である。e2は、1~3の整数であり、2又は3であることが好ましい。
 h1は、1である。h2は、1以上の整数であり、2又は3であることが好ましい。
 i1+i2は、3又は4である。i1は、1である。i2は、1~3の整数であり、2又は3であることが好ましい。
 i3は、2又は3である。
d1 is an integer from 0 to 1. d2 is an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 1 or 2. d1+d2 is an integer from 1 to 3.
d3 is an integer from 0 to 1. d4 is an integer from 0 to 3, preferably 2 or 3. d3+d4 is an integer from 1 to 3.
d1+d3 is 1.
d2+d4 is an integer from 1 to 5, preferably 4 or 5.
e1+e2 is 3 or 4. e1 is 1. e2 is an integer from 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
h1 is 1. h2 is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 2 or 3.
i1+i2 is 3 or 4. i1 is 1. i2 is an integer from 1 to 3, preferably 2 or 3.
i3 is 2 or 3.
 Q11、Q12、Q13、Q14、Q15、Q22、Q23、Q24、Q25及びQ26のアルキレン基の炭素数は、化合物を製造しやすい点、及び表面処理層の耐摩耗性がさらに優れる点から、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数は1~10であってもよく、1~6であってもよく、1~4であってもよい。ただし、炭素-炭素原子間に特定の結合を有する場合のアルキレン基の炭素数の下限値は2である。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene groups of Q 11 , Q 12 , Q 13 , Q 14 , Q 15 , Q 22 , Q 23 , Q 24 , Q 25 and Q 26 is determined from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound and the durability of the surface treatment layer. From the viewpoint of better abrasion resistance, the number is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, even more preferably 2 to 20, may be 2 to 10, or may be 2 to 6. Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4. However, when the alkylene group has a specific bond between carbon atoms, the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms is 2.
 Zにおける環構造としては、上述した環構造が挙げられ、好ましい形態も同様である。なお、Zにおける環構造にはQ14やQ24が直接結合するため、例えば、環構造にアルキレン基が連結して、そのアルキレン基にQ14やQ24が連結することはない。 Examples of the ring structure in Z 1 include the ring structures described above, and preferred forms are also the same. In addition, since Q 14 and Q 24 are directly bonded to the ring structure in Z 1 , for example, an alkylene group is not connected to the ring structure and Q 14 or Q 24 is not connected to the alkylene group.
 Re1、Re2又はRe3のアルキル基の炭素数は、化合物を製造しやすい点から、1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2がさらに好ましい。
 Re2のアシルオキシ基のアルキル基部分の炭素数は、化合物を製造しやすい点から、1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2がさらに好ましい。
 h2としては、化合物を製造しやすい点、並びに、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がさらに優れる点から、2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2又は3がさらに好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R e1 , R e2 or R e3 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group portion of the acyloxy group of R e2 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
h2 is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, and even more preferably 2 or 3, from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound and superior wear resistance of the surface treatment layer.
 Yの他の形態としては、基(g2-8)(ただし、d1+d3=1、d2×k3+d4×k3=gである。)、基(g2-9)(ただし、e1=1、e2×k3=gである。)、基(g2-10)(ただし、2×k3=gである。)、基(g2-11)(ただし、h1=1、h2×k3=gである。)、基(g2-12)(ただし、i1=1、i2×k3=gである。)、基(g2-13)(ただし、k3=gである。)、又は基(g2-14)(ただし、i3×k3=gである。)が挙げられる。 Other forms of Y 1 include the group (g2-8) (however, d1+d3=1, d2×k3+d4×k3=g), the group (g2-9) (however, e1=1, e2×k3 = g), group (g2-10) (however, 2 x k3 = g), group (g2-11) (however, h1 = 1, h2 x k3 = g), group (g2-12) (however, i1=1, i2×k3=g), group (g2-13) (however, k3=g), or group (g2-14) (however, i3 xk3=g).

 

 
 (-A-Q12-)e1C(Re24-e1-e2(-Q22-Ge2  …(g2-9)
 -A-Q13-N(-Q23-G  …(g2-10)
 (-A-Q14-)h1(-Q24-Gh2  …(g2-11)
 (-A-Q15-)i1Si(Re34-i1-i2(-Q25-Gi2  …(g2-12)
 -A-Q26-G  …(g2-13)
 -A-Q12-CH(-Q22-G)-Si(Re33-i3(-Q25-Gi3  …(g2-14)
(-A 1 -Q 12 -) e1 C(R e2 ) 4-e1-e2 (-Q 22 -G 1 ) e2 ...(g2-9)
-A 1 -Q 13 -N (-Q 23 -G 1 ) 2 ... (g2-10)
(-A 1 -Q 14 -) h1 Z 1 (-Q 24 -G 1 ) h2 ...(g2-11)
(-A 1 -Q 15 -) i1 Si(R e3 ) 4-i1-i2 (-Q 25 -G 1 ) i2 ...(g2-12)
-A 1 -Q 26 -G 1 ...(g2-13)
-A 1 -Q 12 -CH(-Q 22 -G 1 )-Si(R e3 ) 3-i3 (-Q 25 -G 1 ) i3 ...(g2-14)
 ただし、式(g2-8)~(g2-14)においては、A側がトリプチセン骨格に結合し、G側が(-Si(R 3-n)に結合する。Gは、基(g3)であり、Yが有する2以上のGは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。G以外の符号は、式(g2-1)~(g2-7)における符号と同じである。
 -Si(R3-k3(-Q-)k3  …(g3)
 ただし、式(g3)においては、Si側がQ22、Q23、Q24、Q25及びQ26に結合し、Q側が(-Si(R 3-n)に結合する。Rは、アルキル基である。Qは、アルキレン基、炭素数2以上のアルキレン基の炭素-炭素原子間に-C(O)NR-、-C(O)-、-NR-若しくは-O-を有する基、又は(OSi(R-O-であり、2以上のQは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。k3は、2又は3である。Rは、水素原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフェニル基である。Rは、アルキル基、フェニル基又はアルコキシ基であり、2個のRは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。pは、0~5の整数であり、pが2以上の場合、2以上の(OSi(R)は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
However, in formulas (g2-8) to (g2-14), the A 1 side is bonded to the triptycene skeleton, and the G 1 side is bonded to (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ). G 1 is a group (g3), and two or more G 1s in Y 1 may be the same or different. The symbols other than G 1 are the same as those in equations (g2-1) to (g2-7).
-Si(R 8 ) 3-k3 (-Q 3 -) k3 ...(g3)
However, in formula (g3), the Si side is bonded to Q 22 , Q 23 , Q 24 , Q 25 and Q 26 , and the Q 3 side is bonded to (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ). R 8 is an alkyl group. Q 3 is an alkylene group, a group having -C(O)NR 6 -, -C(O)-, -NR 6 - or -O- between carbon atoms of an alkylene group having 2 or more carbon atoms, or (OSi(R 9 ) 2 ) p -O-, and two or more Q 3 may be the same or different. k3 is 2 or 3. R 6 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. R 9 is an alkyl group, a phenyl group, or an alkoxy group, and two R 9s may be the same or different. p is an integer from 0 to 5, and when p is 2 or more, two or more (OSi(R 9 ) 2 ) may be the same or different.
 Qのアルキレン基の炭素数は、化合物を製造しやすい点、並びに、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がさらに優れる点から、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、2~20がさらに好ましく、2~10であってもよく、2~6であってもよい。例えば2、3、8、9、11が挙げられる。また、前記炭素数は1~10であってもよく、1~6であってもよく、1~4であってもよい。ただし、炭素-炭素原子間に特定の結合を有する場合のアルキレン基の炭素数の下限値は2である。
 Rのアルキル基の炭素数は、化合物を製造しやすい点から、1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2がさらに好ましい。
 Rのアルキル基の炭素数は、化合物を製造しやすい点から、1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2がさらに好ましい。
 Rのアルコキシ基の炭素数は、化合物の保存安定性に優れる点から、1~6が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2がさらに好ましい。
 pは、0又は1が好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group of Q3 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and still more preferably 2 to 20, from the viewpoint of easy production of the compound and superior wear resistance of the surface treatment layer. Preferably, it may be from 2 to 10, or from 2 to 6. Examples include 2, 3, 8, 9, and 11. Further, the number of carbon atoms may be 1 to 10, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4. However, when the alkylene group has a specific bond between carbon atoms, the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms is 2.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 8 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of R 9 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of ease of manufacturing the compound.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group of R 9 is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1 to 2 from the viewpoint of excellent storage stability of the compound.
p is preferably 0 or 1.
 化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。下式の化合物は、工業的に製造しやすく、取扱いやすく、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がさらに優れる観点から好ましい。下式の化合物におけるRは、上述した式(1)における(T-Z)-L-Tr-と同様であり、好ましい形態も同様である。 Examples of the compound (1) include compounds of the following formula. The compound of the following formula is preferred from the viewpoints of easy industrial production, ease of handling, and superior abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer. R t in the compound of the following formula is the same as (TZ) m -L 1 -Tr- in the above-mentioned formula (1), and the preferred form is also the same.
 Yが基(g2-1)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-1) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-2)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-2) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-3)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-3) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-4)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-4) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-5)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-5) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-6)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-6) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-7)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-7) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-8)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-8) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-9)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-9) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-10)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-10) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-11)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-11) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-12)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-12) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-13)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-13) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 Yが基(g2-14)である化合物(1)としては、例えば、下式の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound (1) in which Y 1 is a group (g2-14) include compounds of the following formula.

 

 
 本開示の化合物としては、例えば、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
 なお、下記構造式中、X1は2~30の整数であり、X2は2~100の整数であり、X3は2~100の整数である。
 また、以下に示す化合物はいずれも、トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の一方に反応性シリル基が結合し、他方に疎水性部分構造が結合した化合物である。
Examples of the compounds of the present disclosure include the following compounds.
In the structural formula below, X1 is an integer of 2 to 30, X2 is an integer of 2 to 100, and X3 is an integer of 2 to 100.
Furthermore, all of the compounds shown below are compounds in which a reactive silyl group is bonded to one of the 9th and 10th positions of the triptycene skeleton, and a hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the other.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 本開示の化合物の数平均分子量(Mn)は、400~20,000であることが好ましく、500~18,000であることがより好ましく、600~15,000であることがさらに好ましい。Mnが400以上であれば、撥水性かつ耐摩耗性に優れる。Mnが20,000以下であれば、粘性を適切な範囲内に調節しやすく、また溶解性が向上するので、成膜時のハンドリング性が優れる。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the compound of the present disclosure is preferably 400 to 20,000, more preferably 500 to 18,000, and even more preferably 600 to 15,000. When Mn is 400 or more, water repellency and abrasion resistance are excellent. When Mn is 20,000 or less, the viscosity can be easily controlled within an appropriate range, and solubility is improved, resulting in excellent handling properties during film formation.
〔化合物の製造方法〕
 本開示の化合物の製造方法は特に制限されない。本開示の化合物の合成スキームの例を以下に示す。
[Method for producing compound]
The method for producing the compound of the present disclosure is not particularly limited. Examples of synthetic schemes for compounds of the present disclosure are shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
[組成物]
 本開示の組成物は、本開示の化合物を含んでいればよく、本開示の化合物以外の成分は特に限定されない。本開示の組成物は、本開示の化合物と、液状媒体と、を含むことが好ましい。本開示の組成物が液状媒体を含む場合、本開示の組成物は、液状であればよく、溶液であってもよく、分散液であってもよい。
 本開示の組成物は、本開示の化合物を含んでいればよく、本開示の化合物の製造工程で生成した副生物等の不純物を含んでもよい。
 本開示の組成物は、本開示の化合物を1種含有してもよく、2種以上含有してもよい。
[Composition]
The composition of the present disclosure only needs to contain the compound of the present disclosure, and components other than the compound of the present disclosure are not particularly limited. Compositions of the present disclosure preferably include a compound of the present disclosure and a liquid medium. When the composition of the present disclosure includes a liquid medium, the composition of the present disclosure may be in a liquid state, and may be a solution or a dispersion.
The composition of the present disclosure only needs to contain the compound of the present disclosure, and may contain impurities such as by-products generated in the manufacturing process of the compound of the present disclosure.
The composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of compound of the present disclosure, or may contain two or more types of compounds of the present disclosure.
 本開示の化合物の含有量は、本開示の組成物の全量に対して、0.001~40質量%が好ましく、0.01~20質量%がより好ましく、0.1~10質量%がさらに好ましい。ウェットコーティング法に使用する本開示の組成物の場合には、本開示の化合物の含有量は、本開示の組成物の全量に対して、0.01~10質量%であってもよく、0.02~5質量%であってもよく、0.03~3質量%であってもよく、0.05~2質量%であってもよい。 The content of the compound of the present disclosure is preferably 0.001 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, and further preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. preferable. In the case of the composition of the present disclosure used in the wet coating method, the content of the compound of the present disclosure may be 0.01 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure, and 0. It may be 0.02 to 5% by weight, 0.03 to 3% by weight, or 0.05 to 2% by weight.
 液状媒体は、有機溶媒が好ましい。 The liquid medium is preferably an organic solvent.
 有機溶媒としては、フッ素系有機溶媒及び非フッ素系有機溶媒が挙げられる。
 フッ素系有機溶媒は、本開示の化合物が疎水性部分構造としてポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖を含む化合物である場合に、好ましく使用される。
 フッ素系有機溶媒の具体例としては、フッ素化アルカン、フッ素化芳香族化合物、フルオロアルキルエーテル、フッ素化アルキルアミン、フルオロアルコールが挙げられる。
 フッ素化アルカンは、炭素数4~8の化合物が好ましく、たとえば、C13H(AC-2000:製品名、AGC社製)、C13(AC-6000:製品名、AGC社製)、CCHFCHFCF(バートレル:製品名、デュポン社製)が挙げられる。
 フッ素化芳香族化合物の具体例としては、ヘキサフルオロベンゼン、トリフルオロメチルベンゼン、ペルフルオロトルエン、1,3-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゼン、1,4-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゼンが挙げられる。
 フルオロアルキルエーテルは、炭素数4~12の化合物が好ましく、たとえば、CFCHOCFCFH(AE-3000:製品名、AGC社製)、COCH(ノベック-7100:製品名、3M社製)、COC(ノベック-7200:製品名、3M社製)、CCF(OCH)C(ノベック-7300:製品名、3M社製)が挙げられる。
 フッ素化アルキルアミンの具体例としては、ペルフルオロトリプロピルアミン、ペルフルオロトリブチルアミンが挙げられる。
 フルオロアルコールの具体例としては、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロパノール、2,2,2-トリフルオロエタノール、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノールが挙げられる。
Examples of the organic solvent include fluorine-based organic solvents and non-fluorine-based organic solvents.
Fluorine-based organic solvents are preferably used when the compound of the present disclosure contains a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain as a hydrophobic moiety.
Specific examples of fluorinated organic solvents include fluorinated alkanes, fluorinated aromatic compounds, fluoroalkyl ethers, fluorinated alkylamines, and fluoroalcohols.
The fluorinated alkane is preferably a compound having 4 to 8 carbon atoms, such as C 6 F 13 H (AC-2000: product name, manufactured by AGC Corporation), C 6 F 13 C 2 H 5 (AC-6000: product name) , manufactured by AGC), and C 2 F 5 CHFCHFCF 3 (Battrell: product name, manufactured by DuPont).
Specific examples of fluorinated aromatic compounds include hexafluorobenzene, trifluoromethylbenzene, perfluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzene, and 1,4-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzene.
The fluoroalkyl ether is preferably a compound having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, such as CF 3 CH 2 OCF 2 CF 2 H (AE-3000: product name, manufactured by AGC), C 4 F 9 OCH 3 (Novec-7100: Product name, manufactured by 3M Company), C 4 F 9 OC 2 H 5 (Novec-7200: Product name, manufactured by 3M Company), C 2 F 5 CF (OCH 3 ) C 3 F 7 (Novec-7300: Product name, (manufactured by 3M).
Specific examples of the fluorinated alkylamine include perfluorotripropylamine and perfluorotributylamine.
Specific examples of fluoroalcohols include 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, and hexafluoroisopropanol.
 非フッ素系有機溶媒としては、水素原子及び炭素原子のみからなる化合物、並びに、水素原子、炭素原子及び酸素原子のみからなる化合物が挙げられ、具体的には、炭化水素系有機溶媒、ケトン系有機溶媒、エーテル系有機溶媒、エステル系有機溶媒、グリコール系有機溶媒、及びアルコール系有機溶媒が挙げられる。
 炭化水素系有機溶媒の具体例としては、ペンタン、ヘキサン、へプタン、オクタン、ヘキサデカン、イソヘキサン、イソオクタン、イソノナン、シクロヘプタン、シクロヘキサン、ビシクロヘキシル、ベンゼン、トルエン、エチルベンゼン、o-キシレン、m-キシレン、p-キシレン、o-ジエチルベンゼン、m-ジエチルベンゼン、p-ジエチルベンゼン、n-ブチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼンが挙げられる。
 ケトン系有機溶媒の具体例としては、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、及び3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサノン、イソホロンが挙げられる。
 エーテル系有機溶媒の具体例としては、ジエチルエーテル、シクロペンチルメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサンが挙げられる。
 エステル系有機溶媒の具体例としては、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸tert-ブチル、酢酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチルエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチルブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールジメチルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、シクロヘキサノールアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテ-ト、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,4-ブタンジオールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、トリアセチン、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオールモノイソブチレートが挙げられる。
 グリコール系有機溶媒の具体例としては、エチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-2-エチルヘキシルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-2-エチルヘキシルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノtert-ブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテルトリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノフェニルエーテル、1,3-ブチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールn-プロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールn-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールn-プロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールn-ブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールn-ブチルエ-テル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、テトラエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルペンタン、トリエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジメチルエーテルが挙げられる。
 アルコール系有機溶媒の具体例としては、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブタノール、ジアセトンアルコール、イソブタノール、sec-ブタノール、tert-ブタノール、ペンタノール、3-メチル-1,3-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブチレングリコール、オクタンジオール、2,4-ジエチルペンタンジオール、ブチルエチルプロパンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、2-エチル-1-ヘキサノール、3,5,5-トリメチル-1-ヘキサノール、イソデカノール、イソトリデカノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール、2-メトキシブタノール、3-メトキシブタノール、シクロヘキサノール、フルフリルアルコール、テトラヒドロフルフリルアルコール、ベンジルアルコール、及びメチルシクロヘキサノールが挙げられる。
Examples of non-fluorine-based organic solvents include compounds consisting only of hydrogen atoms and carbon atoms, and compounds consisting only of hydrogen atoms, carbon atoms, and oxygen atoms, and specifically, hydrocarbon-based organic solvents, ketone-based organic solvents, etc. Examples include solvents, ether organic solvents, ester organic solvents, glycol organic solvents, and alcohol organic solvents.
Specific examples of hydrocarbon organic solvents include pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, hexadecane, isohexane, isooctane, isononane, cycloheptane, cyclohexane, bicyclohexyl, benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, o-xylene, m-xylene, Examples include p-xylene, o-diethylbenzene, m-diethylbenzene, p-diethylbenzene, n-butylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, and tert-butylbenzene.
Specific examples of ketone organic solvents include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one, and 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one. Examples include 3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone and isophorone.
Specific examples of ether organic solvents include diethyl ether, cyclopentyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and 1,4-dioxane.
Specific examples of ester organic solvents include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, tert-butyl acetate, amyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethylene glycol lactate. Monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate, propylene glycol dimethyl acetate, ethylene glycol Monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, cyclohexanol acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol mono Butyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, propylene glycol diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1,4-butanediol diacetate, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate , 1,6-hexanediol diacetate, γ-butyrolactone, triacetin, and 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol monoisobutyrate.
Specific examples of glycol-based organic solvents include ethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, tetraethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, and ethylene glycol mono-2. -Ethylhexyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-2-ethylhexyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monotert -Butyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monobutyl ether tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monophenyl ether, 1,3-butylene glycol, propylene glycol n-propyl ether, propylene glycol n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol n-propyl ether, Propylene glycol n-butyl ether, tripropylene glycol methyl ether, tripropylene glycol n-butyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether , tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether pentane, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and polyethylene glycol dimethyl ether.
Specific examples of alcoholic organic solvents include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, diacetone alcohol, isobutanol, sec-butanol, tert-butanol, pentanol, 3-methyl-1,3 -Butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, octanediol, 2,4-diethylpentanediol, butylethylpropanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 4-hydroxy-4 -Methyl-2-pentanone, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, isodecanol, isotridecanol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 2-methoxybutanol , 3-methoxybutanol, cyclohexanol, furfuryl alcohol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, and methylcyclohexanol.
 また、非フッ素系有機溶媒としては、フッ素以外のハロゲン原子を有するハロゲン系有機溶媒、含窒素化合物、含硫黄化合物、シロキサン化合物が挙げられる。
 フッ素以外のハロゲン原子を有するハロゲン系有機溶媒の具体例としては、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム、四塩化炭素、ジクロロエタン、クロロベンゼン、o-クロロトルエン、m-クロロトルエン、p-クロロトルエン、m-ジクロロベンゼン、1,2,3-トリクロロプロパンが挙げられる。
 含窒素化合物としては、ニトロベンゼン、アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリル、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノンが挙げられる。
 含硫黄化合物としては、二硫化炭素、ジメチルスルホキシドが挙げられる。
 シロキサン化合物としては、ヘキサメチルジシロキサン、オクタメチルトリシロキサン、デカメチルテトラシロキサンが挙げられる。
Examples of non-fluorine organic solvents include halogen organic solvents having halogen atoms other than fluorine, nitrogen-containing compounds, sulfur-containing compounds, and siloxane compounds.
Specific examples of halogen-based organic solvents having halogen atoms other than fluorine include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, o-chlorotoluene, m-chlorotoluene, p-chlorotoluene, m-dichlorobenzene, 1 , 2,3-trichloropropane.
Examples of nitrogen-containing compounds include nitrobenzene, acetonitrile, benzonitrile, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone.
Examples of sulfur-containing compounds include carbon disulfide and dimethyl sulfoxide.
Examples of the siloxane compound include hexamethyldisiloxane, octamethyltrisiloxane, and decamethyltetrasiloxane.
 液状媒体の含有量は、本開示の組成物の全量に対して、60~99.999質量%が好ましく、80~99.99質量%がより好ましく、90~99.9質量%がさらに好ましい。ウェットコーティング法に使用する本開示の組成物の場合には、液状媒体の含有量は、本開示の組成物の全量に対して、90~99.99質量%であってもよく、95~99.98質量%であってもよく、97~99.97質量%であってもよく、98~99.95質量%であってもよい。
 本開示の組成物に含まれる液状媒体は1種のみであってもよく、2種以上であってもよい。
The content of the liquid medium is preferably 60 to 99.999% by mass, more preferably 80 to 99.99% by mass, and even more preferably 90 to 99.9% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. In the case of the composition of the present disclosure used in a wet coating method, the content of the liquid medium may be 90-99.99% by weight, 95-99% by weight, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. It may be .98% by mass, 97 to 99.97% by mass, or 98 to 99.95% by mass.
The composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of liquid medium, or may contain two or more types.
 本開示の組成物は、本開示の化合物及び液状媒体以外に、本開示の効果を損なわない範囲で、他の成分を含んでいてもよい。
 他の成分としては、例えば、反応性シリル基の加水分解と縮合反応を促進する酸触媒、塩基性触媒等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
The composition of the present disclosure may contain other components in addition to the compound of the present disclosure and the liquid medium, as long as the effects of the present disclosure are not impaired.
Examples of other components include known additives such as acid catalysts and basic catalysts that promote hydrolysis and condensation reactions of reactive silyl groups.
 また、他の成分としては、加水分解性基を有する金属化合物(以下、加水分解性基を有する金属化合物を「特定金属化合物」とも記す。)も挙げられる。本開示の組成物が特定金属化合物を含むと、表面処理層の滑り性及び防汚性をより向上しうる。特定金属化合物としては、下記式(M1)~(M3)が挙げられる。 In addition, other components include a metal compound having a hydrolyzable group (hereinafter, a metal compound having a hydrolyzable group is also referred to as a "specific metal compound"). When the composition of the present disclosure contains a specific metal compound, the slipperiness and antifouling properties of the surface treatment layer can be further improved. Specific metal compounds include the following formulas (M1) to (M3).
 M(Xb1m1(Xb2m2(Xb3m3  …(M1)
 Si(Xb4)(Xb5      …(M2)
 (Xb6Si-(Yb1)-Si(Xb7  …(M3)
M(X b1 ) m1 (X b2 ) m2 (X b3 ) m3 ...(M1)
Si(X b4 )(X b5 ) 3 ...(M2)
(X b6 ) 3 Si-(Y b1 )-Si(X b7 ) 3 ...(M3)
 式(M1)中、
 Mは、3価又は4価の金属原子を表す。
 Xb1はそれぞれ独立に、加水分解性基を表す。
 Xb2はそれぞれ独立に、シロキサン骨格含有基を表す。
 Xb3はそれぞれ独立に、炭化水素鎖含有基を表す。
 m1は2~4の整数であり、
 m2及びm3はそれぞれ独立に、0~2の整数であり、
 Mが3価の金属原子の場合、m1+m2+m3は3であり、Mが4価の金属原子の場合、m1+m2+m3は4である。
In formula (M1),
M represents a trivalent or tetravalent metal atom.
Each of X b1 independently represents a hydrolyzable group.
Each of X b2 independently represents a siloxane skeleton-containing group.
Each of X b3 independently represents a hydrocarbon chain-containing group.
m1 is an integer from 2 to 4,
m2 and m3 are each independently an integer of 0 to 2,
When M is a trivalent metal atom, m1+m2+m3 is 3, and when M is a tetravalent metal atom, m1+m2+m3 is 4.
 式(M2)中、
 Xb4は、加水分解性シランオリゴマー残基を表す。
 Xb5は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
 式(M3)中、
 Xb6及びXb7は、それぞれ独立に、加水分解性基又は水酸基を表す。
 Yb1は、2価の有機基を表す。
In formula (M2),
X b4 represents a hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue.
Each of X b5 independently represents a hydrolyzable group or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
In formula (M3),
X b6 and X b7 each independently represent a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group.
Y b1 represents a divalent organic group.
 式(M1)中、Mで表される金属には、Si、Ge等の半金属も包含される。Mとしては、3価金属及び4価金属が好ましく、Al、Fe、In、Hf、Si、Ti、Sn、及びZrがより好ましく、Al、Si、Ti、及びZrがさらに好ましく、Siが特に好ましい。 In formula (M1), the metal represented by M also includes semimetals such as Si and Ge. M is preferably a trivalent metal or a tetravalent metal, more preferably Al, Fe, In, Hf, Si, Ti, Sn, and Zr, even more preferably Al, Si, Ti, and Zr, and particularly preferably Si. .
 式(M1)中、Xb1で表される加水分解性基としては、上記反応性シリル基における(-Si(R 3-n)中のLで示される加水分解性基と同様のものが挙げられる。 In formula (M1), the hydrolyzable group represented by X b1 is the hydrolyzable group represented by L 2 in (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) in the above reactive silyl group. The same can be mentioned.
 Xb2で表されるシロキサン骨格含有基は、シロキサン単位(-Si-O-)を有し、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。シロキサン単位としては、ジアルキルシリルオキシ基が好ましく、ジメチルシリルオキシ基、ジエチルシリルオキシ基等が挙げられる。シロキサン骨格含有基におけるシロキサン単位の繰り返し数は、1以上であり、1~5が好ましく、1~4がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい。
 シロキサン骨格含有基は、シロキサン骨格の一部に2価の炭化水素基を含んでいてもよい。具体的には、シロキサン骨格の一部の酸素原子が2価の炭化水素基で置き換わっていてもよい。前記2価の炭化水素基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。
 シロキサン骨格含有基の末端のケイ素原子には、加水分解性基、炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)等が結合していてもよい。
 シロキサン骨格含有基の元素数は、100以下が好ましく、50以下がより好ましく、30以下がさらに好ましい。前記元素数は10以上が好ましい。
 シロキサン骨格含有基としては、-(O-Si(CHCHで表される基が好ましく、ここで、nは1~5の整数であり、*は隣接原子との結合部位を表す。
The siloxane skeleton-containing group represented by X b2 has a siloxane unit (-Si-O-) and may be linear or branched. The siloxane unit is preferably a dialkylsilyloxy group, such as a dimethylsilyloxy group or a diethylsilyloxy group. The number of repeating siloxane units in the siloxane skeleton-containing group is 1 or more, preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
The siloxane skeleton-containing group may include a divalent hydrocarbon group in a part of the siloxane skeleton. Specifically, some oxygen atoms in the siloxane skeleton may be replaced with divalent hydrocarbon groups. Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group include alkylene groups such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group.
A hydrolyzable group, a hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), etc. may be bonded to the terminal silicon atom of the siloxane skeleton-containing group.
The number of elements in the siloxane skeleton-containing group is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 50 or less, and even more preferably 30 or less. The number of elements is preferably 10 or more.
The siloxane skeleton-containing group is preferably a group represented by * -(O-Si(CH 3 ) 2 ) n CH 3 , where n is an integer from 1 to 5, and * represents a bond with an adjacent atom. Represents a part.
 Xb3で表される炭化水素鎖含有基は、炭化水素鎖のみからなる基でもよく、炭化水素鎖の炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子を有する基でもよい。炭化水素鎖は直鎖でも分岐鎖でもよく、直鎖が好ましい。炭化水素鎖は飽和炭化水素鎖でも不飽和炭化水素鎖でもよく、飽和炭化水素鎖が好ましい。炭化水素鎖含有基の炭素数は、1~3が好ましく、1~2がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。炭化水素鎖含有基としては、アルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、又はプロピル基がより好ましい。 The hydrocarbon chain-containing group represented by X b3 may be a group consisting only of a hydrocarbon chain, or may be a group having an etheric oxygen atom between carbon atoms of the hydrocarbon chain. The hydrocarbon chain may be straight or branched, preferably straight. The hydrocarbon chain may be a saturated hydrocarbon chain or an unsaturated hydrocarbon chain, with a saturated hydrocarbon chain being preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon chain-containing group is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 to 2, and even more preferably 1. The hydrocarbon chain-containing group is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.
 m1は3又は4であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that m1 is 3 or 4.
 式(M1)で表される化合物としては、MがSiである下記式(M1-1)~(M1-5)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(M1-1)で表される化合物がより好ましい。式(M1-1)で表される化合物としては、テトラエトキシシラン、テトラメトキシシラン、及びトリエトキシメチルシランが好ましい。 As the compound represented by formula (M1), compounds represented by the following formulas (M1-1) to (M1-5) where M is Si are preferable, and the compound represented by formula (M1-1) is More preferred. As the compound represented by formula (M1-1), tetraethoxysilane, tetramethoxysilane, and triethoxymethylsilane are preferred.
 Si(Xb1           …(M1-1)
 CH-Si(Xb1         …(M1-2)
 C-Si(Xb1       …(M1-3)
 n-C-Si(Xb1     …(M1-4)
 (CHCH-Si(Xb1   …(M1-5)
Si(X b1 ) 4 ...(M1-1)
CH 3 -Si(X b1 ) 3  ...(M1-2)
C 2 H 5 -Si(X b1 ) 3 ...(M1-3)
n-C 3 H 7 -Si(X b1 ) 3 ...(M1-4)
(CH 3 ) 2 CH-Si(X b1 ) 3 ... (M1-5)
 式(M2)中、Xb4で表される加水分解性シランオリゴマー残基に含まれるケイ素原子の数は、3以上が好ましく、5以上がより好ましく、7以上がさらに好ましい。前記ケイ素原子の数は、15以下が好ましく、13以下がより好ましく、10以下がさらに好ましい。
 加水分解性シランオリゴマー残基は、ケイ素原子に結合するアルコキシ基を有していてもよい。前記アルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等が挙げられ、メトキシ基及びエトキシ基が好ましい。加水分解性シランオリゴマー残基は、これらアルコキシ基の1種又は2種以上を有してもよく、1種を有することが好ましい。
 加水分解性シランオリゴマー残基としては、(CO)Si-(OSi(OCO-等が挙げられる。ここで、*は隣接原子との結合部位を表す。
In formula (M2), the number of silicon atoms contained in the hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue represented by X b4 is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and even more preferably 7 or more. The number of silicon atoms is preferably 15 or less, more preferably 13 or less, and even more preferably 10 or less.
The hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue may have an alkoxy group bonded to a silicon atom. Examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, and methoxy group and ethoxy group are preferred. The hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue may have one or more types of these alkoxy groups, and preferably has one type.
Examples of the hydrolyzable silane oligomer residue include (C 2 H 5 O) 3 Si-(OSi(OC 2 H 5 ) 2 ) 4 O- * and the like. Here, * represents a bonding site with an adjacent atom.
 式(M2)中、Xb5で表される加水分解性基としては、上記反応性シリル基における(-Si(R 3-n)中のLで示される加水分解性基と同様のもの、シアノ基、水素原子、アリル基が挙げられ、アルコキシ基又はイソシアナト基が好ましい。アルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
 Xb5としては、加水分解性基が好ましい。
In formula (M2), the hydrolyzable group represented by X b5 is the hydrolyzable group represented by L 2 in (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) in the above reactive silyl group. Examples include those similar to , a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, and an allyl group, with an alkoxy group or an isocyanato group being preferred. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
As X b5 , a hydrolyzable group is preferable.
 式(M2)で表される化合物としては、(HO)-Si-(OSi(OCOC等が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (M2) include (H 5 C 2 O) 3 -Si-(OSi(OC 2 H 5 ) 2 ) 4 OC 2 H 5 and the like.
 式(M3)で表される化合物は、2価の有機基の両末端に反応性シリル基を有する化合物、すなわち、ビスシランである。
 式(M3)中、Xb6及びXb7で表される加水分解性基としては、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、ケトオキシム基、アルケニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アミノキシ基、アミド基、イソシアナト基、ハロゲン原子が挙げられ、アルコキシ基、イソシアナト基が好ましい。アルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メトキシ基、エトキシ基がより好ましい。
 式(M3)において、Xb6及びXb7は互いに同じ基でもよく、互いに異なる基でもよい。入手しやすさの点で、Xb6及びXb7は互いに同じ基であることが好ましい。
The compound represented by formula (M3) is a compound having a reactive silyl group at both ends of a divalent organic group, that is, bissilane.
In formula (M3), the hydrolyzable groups represented by X b6 and X b7 include an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a ketoxime group, an alkenyloxy group, an amino group, an aminoxy group, an amide group, an isocyanato group, and a halogen atom. an alkoxy group and an isocyanato group are preferred. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
In formula (M3), X b6 and X b7 may be the same group or different groups. From the viewpoint of availability, it is preferable that X b6 and X b7 are the same group.
 式(M3)中、Yb1は、両末端の反応性シリル基を連結する2価の有機基である。2価の有機基のYb1の炭素数は1~8が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Yb1としては、アルキレン基、フェニレン基、炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子を有するアルキレン基が挙げられる。例えば、-CHCH-、-CHCHCH-、-CHCHCHCH-、-CHCHCHCHCH-、-CHCHCHCHCHCH-、-CHC(CHCH-、-C(CHCHCHC(CH-、-CHCHOCHCH-、-CHCHCHOCHCHCH-、-CH(CH)CHOCHCH(CH)-、-C-が挙げられる。
In formula (M3), Y b1 is a divalent organic group that connects the reactive silyl groups at both ends. The number of carbon atoms in Y b1 of the divalent organic group is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 3.
Examples of Y b1 include an alkylene group, a phenylene group, and an alkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom between carbon atoms. For example, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OCH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, and -C 6 H 4 -.
 式(M3)で表される化合物としては、(CHO)Si(CHSi(OCH、(CO)Si(CHSi(OC、(OCN)Si(CHSi(NCO)、ClSi(CHSiCl、(CHO)Si(CHSi(OCH、(CO)Si(CHSi(OCが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (M3) include (CH 3 O) 3 Si(CH 2 ) 2 Si(OCH 3 ) 3 , (C 2 H 5 O) 3 Si(CH 2 ) 2 Si(OC 2 H 5 ) 3 , (OCN) 3Si ( CH2 ) 2Si ( NCO ) 3 , Cl3Si( CH2 ) 2SiCl3 , ( CH3O ) 3Si ( CH2 ) 6Si ( OCH3 ) 3 , ( C2H5O ) 3Si ( CH2 ) 6Si ( OC2H5 ) 3 is mentioned.
 本開示の組成物に含まれてもよい他の成分の含有量は、本開示の組成物の全量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、1質量%以下がより好ましい。本開示の組成物が特定金属化合物を含む場合、特定金属化合物の含有量は本開示の組成物の全量に対して0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.01~10質量%がより好ましく、0.05~5質量%がさらに好ましい。 The content of other components that may be included in the composition of the present disclosure is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. When the composition of the present disclosure includes a specific metal compound, the content of the specific metal compound is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. , more preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass.
 本開示の化合物と他の成分の合計含有量(以下、「固形分濃度」ともいう。)は、本開示の組成物の全量に対して、0.001~40質量%が好ましく、0.01~20質量%がより好ましく、0.1~10質量%がさらに好ましい。本開示の組成物の固形分濃度は、加熱前の組成物の質量と、120℃の対流式乾燥機にて4時間加熱した後の質量とから算出される値である。 The total content of the compound of the present disclosure and other components (hereinafter also referred to as "solid content concentration") is preferably 0.001 to 40% by mass, and 0.01% by mass, based on the total amount of the composition of the present disclosure. ~20% by mass is more preferred, and 0.1~10% by mass is even more preferred. The solid content concentration of the composition of the present disclosure is a value calculated from the mass of the composition before heating and the mass after heating in a convection dryer at 120° C. for 4 hours.
 本開示の組成物は、液状媒体を含むことから、コーティング用途として有用であり、コーティング液として用いることができる。 Since the composition of the present disclosure contains a liquid medium, it is useful for coating purposes and can be used as a coating liquid.
[表面処理剤]
 一態様において、本開示の表面処理剤は、本開示の化合物を含む。また、本開示の表面処理剤は、本開示の化合物と、液状媒体と、を含んでいてもよい。本開示の表面処理剤は、本開示の組成物でもよい。表面処理剤に含まれる液状媒体の好ましい態様は、本開示の組成物に含まれる液状媒体の好ましい態様と同様である。
[Surface treatment agent]
In one aspect, the surface treatment agent of the present disclosure comprises a compound of the present disclosure. Furthermore, the surface treatment agent of the present disclosure may include the compound of the present disclosure and a liquid medium. The surface treating agent of the present disclosure may be a composition of the present disclosure. Preferred embodiments of the liquid medium contained in the surface treatment agent are the same as those of the liquid medium contained in the composition of the present disclosure.
 本開示の化合物は上述の構成を有するため、本開示の化合物を含む表面処理剤を用いることにより、撥水性及び耐摩耗性に優れた表面処理層を形成できる。 Since the compound of the present disclosure has the above-mentioned structure, a surface treatment layer with excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance can be formed by using a surface treatment agent containing the compound of the present disclosure.
[物品]
 一態様において、本開示の物品は、基材と、前記表面処理剤で表面処理された表面処理層と、を含む。
[Goods]
In one aspect, the article of the present disclosure includes a base material and a surface treatment layer surface treated with the surface treatment agent.
 表面処理層は、基材の表面の一部に形成されてもよく、基材の表面全体に形成されてもよい。表面処理層は、基材の表面に膜状に拡がっていてもよく、ドット状に点在していてもよい。
 表面処理層において、本開示の化合物は、反応性シリル基の一部又は全部の加水分解が進行し、かつ、シラノール基の脱水縮合反応が進行した状態で含まれる。
The surface treatment layer may be formed on a part of the surface of the base material, or may be formed on the entire surface of the base material. The surface treatment layer may be spread over the surface of the base material in the form of a film, or may be scattered in the form of dots.
In the surface treatment layer, the compound of the present disclosure is contained in a state in which hydrolysis of some or all of the reactive silyl groups has proceeded, and a dehydration condensation reaction of the silanol groups has proceeded.
 表面処理層の厚さは、1~100nmが好ましく、1~50nmがより好ましい。表面処理層の厚さが1nm以上であれば、表面処理による効果が充分に得られやすい。表面処理層の厚さが100nm以下であれば、利用効率が高い。表面処理層の厚さは、薄膜解析用X線回折計(製品名「ATX-G」、RIGAKU社製)を用いて、X線反射率法によって反射X線の干渉パターンを得て、干渉パターンの振動周期から算出できる。 The thickness of the surface treatment layer is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 1 to 50 nm. If the thickness of the surface treatment layer is 1 nm or more, the effect of the surface treatment is likely to be sufficiently obtained. If the thickness of the surface treatment layer is 100 nm or less, the utilization efficiency is high. The thickness of the surface treatment layer is determined by using an X-ray diffractometer for thin film analysis (product name "ATX-G", manufactured by RIGAKU) to obtain an interference pattern of reflected X-rays by the X-ray reflectance method. It can be calculated from the vibration period of
 基材の種類は特に限定されず、例えば、撥水性の付与が求められている基材が挙げられる。基材として、例えば、他の物品(例えば、スタイラス)又は人の手指を接触させて使用することがある基材;操作時に人の手指で持つことがある基材;及び、他の物品(例えば、載置台)の上に置くことがある基材が挙げられる。
 基材の材料としては、金属、樹脂、ガラス、サファイア、セラミック、石、繊維、不織布、紙、木、天然皮革、人工皮革、及びこれらの複合材料が挙げられる。ガラスは化学強化されていてもよい。
The type of base material is not particularly limited, and includes, for example, base materials that are required to have water repellency. As a base material, for example, a base material that may be used in contact with another article (e.g., a stylus) or a person's fingers; a base material that may be held by a person's fingers during operation; , a mounting table).
Examples of the base material include metal, resin, glass, sapphire, ceramic, stone, fiber, nonwoven fabric, paper, wood, natural leather, artificial leather, and composite materials thereof. The glass may be chemically strengthened.
 基材としては、建材、装飾建材、インテリア用品、輸送機器(例えば、自動車)、看板、掲示板、飲用器・食器、水槽、観賞用器具(例えば、額、箱)、実験器具、家具、繊維製品、包装容器;アート、スポーツ、ゲーム等に使用する、ガラス又は樹脂;携帯電話(例えば、スマートフォン)、携帯情報端末、ゲーム機、リモコン等の機器における外装部分(表示部を除く)に使用する、ガラス又は樹脂が挙げられる。基材の形状は、板状であってもよく、フィルム状であってもよい。 Base materials include building materials, decorative building materials, interior goods, transportation equipment (e.g. cars), signboards, bulletin boards, drinking vessels and tableware, aquariums, ornamental equipment (e.g. frames, boxes), laboratory equipment, furniture, and textile products. , Packaging containers; Glass or resin used for art, sports, games, etc.; Used for the exterior parts (excluding display parts) of devices such as mobile phones (e.g. smartphones), personal digital assistants, game consoles, remote controls, etc. Examples include glass or resin. The shape of the base material may be plate-like or film-like.
 基材としては、タッチパネル用基材、ディスプレイ用基材、メガネレンズが好適であり、タッチパネル用基材が特に好適である。タッチパネル用基材の材料としては、ガラス又は透明樹脂が好ましい。 As the base material, touch panel base materials, display base materials, and eyeglass lenses are suitable, and touch panel base materials are particularly suitable. As the material for the touch panel base material, glass or transparent resin is preferable.
 基材は、一方の表面又は両面が、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理、プラズマグラフト重合処理等の表面処理が施された基材であってもよい。表面処理が施された基材は、表面処理層との密着性がより優れ、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がより向上する。そのため、基材の表面処理層と接する側の表面に表面処理を施すことが好ましい。また、表面処理が施された基材は、後述する下地層が設けられる場合には、下地層との密着性がより優れ、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がより向上する。そのため、下地層が設けられる場合には、基材の下地層と接する側の表面に表面処理を施すことが好ましい。 The base material may be a base material that has been subjected to surface treatment such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, plasma graft polymerization treatment, etc. on one surface or both surfaces. A surface-treated base material has better adhesion with the surface-treated layer, and the abrasion resistance of the surface-treated layer is further improved. Therefore, it is preferable to perform surface treatment on the surface of the base material that is in contact with the surface treatment layer. Furthermore, when the surface-treated base material is provided with a base layer, which will be described later, the adhesion with the base layer is better, and the wear resistance of the surface-treated layer is further improved. Therefore, when a base layer is provided, it is preferable to perform a surface treatment on the surface of the base material that is in contact with the base layer.
 表面処理層は、基材の表面上に直接設けられていてもよく、基材と表面処理層との間に下地層が設けられていてもよい。表面処理層の撥水性及び耐摩耗性をより向上させる観点から、本開示の物品は、基材と、基材上に配置された下地層と、下地層上に配置された本開示の表面処理剤で表面処理された表面処理層と、を含むことが好ましい。 The surface treatment layer may be provided directly on the surface of the base material, or a base layer may be provided between the base material and the surface treatment layer. From the perspective of further improving the water repellency and abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, the article of the present disclosure includes a base material, a base layer disposed on the base material, and a surface treatment of the present disclosure disposed on the base layer. It is preferable to include a surface treatment layer whose surface is treated with an agent.
 下地層は、ケイ素と、周期表の第1族元素、第2族元素、第4族元素、第5族元素、第13族元素、及び第15族元素からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの特定元素とを含む酸化物を含む層が好ましい。 The base layer includes silicon and at least one selected from the group consisting of a group 1 element, a group 2 element, a group 4 element, a group 5 element, a group 13 element, and a group 15 element of the periodic table. A layer containing an oxide containing a specific element is preferable.
 周期表の第1族元素(以下、「第1族元素」ともいう。)とは、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウム、ルビジウム及びセシウムを意味する。第1族元素としては、下地層上に表面処理層を欠陥なくより均一に形成できる点、又は、サンプル間での下地層の組成のバラツキがより抑制される観点から、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウムが好ましく、ナトリウム、カリウムがより好ましい。下地層には、第1族元素が2種以上含まれていてもよい。 Group 1 elements of the periodic table (hereinafter also referred to as "Group 1 elements") mean lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, and cesium. As Group 1 elements, lithium, sodium, and potassium are used because they enable the surface treatment layer to be formed more uniformly on the underlayer without defects, and from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples. Preferably, sodium and potassium are more preferable. The underlayer may contain two or more types of Group 1 elements.
 周期表の第2族元素(以下、「第2族元素」ともいう。)とは、ベリリウム、マグネシウム、カルシウム、ストロンチウム及びバリウムを意味する。第2族元素としては、下地層上に表面処理層を欠陥なくより均一に形成できる点、又は、サンプル間での下地層の組成のバラツキがより抑制される観点から、マグネシウム、カルシウム、バリウムが好ましく、マグネシウム、カルシウムがより好ましい。下地層には、第2族元素が2種以上含まれていてもよい。 Group 2 elements of the periodic table (hereinafter also referred to as "Group 2 elements") mean beryllium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, and barium. As Group 2 elements, magnesium, calcium, and barium are used because they enable the surface treatment layer to be formed more uniformly on the underlayer without defects, and from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples. Preferably, magnesium and calcium are more preferable. The underlayer may contain two or more types of Group 2 elements.
 周期表の第4族元素(以下、「第4族元素」ともいう。)とは、チタン、ジルコニウム、及びハフニウムを意味する。第4族元素としては、下地層上に表面処理層を欠陥なくより均一に形成できる観点、又は、サンプル間での下地層の組成のバラツキがより抑制される観点から、チタン、ジルコニウムが好ましく、チタンがより好ましい。下地層には、第4族元素が2種以上含まれていてもよい。 Group 4 elements of the periodic table (hereinafter also referred to as "Group 4 elements") mean titanium, zirconium, and hafnium. As the Group 4 element, titanium and zirconium are preferable from the viewpoint of being able to form a surface treatment layer on the underlayer more uniformly without defects or from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples. Titanium is more preferred. The base layer may contain two or more types of Group 4 elements.
 周期表の第5族元素(以下、「第5族元素」ともいう。)とは、バナジウム、ニオブ及びタンタルを意味する。第5族元素としては、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がより優れる観点から、バナジウムが特に好ましい。下地層には、第5族元素が2種以上含まれていてもよい。 Group 5 elements of the periodic table (hereinafter also referred to as "Group 5 elements") mean vanadium, niobium, and tantalum. As the Group 5 element, vanadium is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of providing better wear resistance of the surface treatment layer. The underlayer may contain two or more types of Group 5 elements.
 周期表の第13族元素(以下、「第13族元素」ともいう。)とは、ホウ素、アルミニウム、ガリウム及びインジウムを意味する。第13族元素としては、下地層上に表面処理層を欠陥なくより均一に形成できる点、又は、サンプル間での下地層の組成のバラツキがより抑制される観点から、ホウ素、アルミニウム、ガリウムが好ましく、ホウ素、アルミニウムがより好ましい。下地層には、第13族元素が2種以上含まれていてもよい。 Group 13 elements of the periodic table (hereinafter also referred to as "Group 13 elements") mean boron, aluminum, gallium, and indium. As Group 13 elements, boron, aluminum, and gallium are selected from the viewpoint of forming a surface treatment layer on the underlayer more uniformly without defects, or from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples. Preferably, boron and aluminum are more preferable. The base layer may contain two or more types of Group 13 elements.
 周期表の第15族元素(以下、「第15族元素」ともいう。)とは、窒素、リン、ヒ素、アンチモン及びビスマスを意味する。第15族元素としては、下地層上に表面処理層を欠陥なくより均一に形成できる観点、又は、サンプル間での下地層の組成のバラツキがより抑制される観点から、リン、アンチモン、ビスマスが好ましく、リン、ビスマスがより好ましい。下地層には、第15族元素が2種以上含まれていてもよい。 Group 15 elements of the periodic table (hereinafter also referred to as "Group 15 elements") mean nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, antimony, and bismuth. As Group 15 elements, phosphorus, antimony, and bismuth are used from the viewpoint of forming a surface treatment layer on the underlayer more uniformly without defects or from the viewpoint of suppressing variations in the composition of the underlayer between samples. Preferably, phosphorus and bismuth are more preferable. The base layer may contain two or more types of Group 15 elements.
 下地層に含まれる特定元素としては、第1族元素、第2族元素、第13族元素が表面処理層の耐摩耗性がより優れるため好ましく、第1族元素、第2族元素がより好ましく、第1族元素がさらに好ましい。
 特定元素として、1種のみの元素が含まれていても2種以上の元素が含まれていてもよい。
As the specific elements contained in the underlayer, Group 1 elements, Group 2 elements, and Group 13 elements are preferable because the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer is better, and Group 1 elements and Group 2 elements are more preferable. , Group 1 elements are more preferred.
As the specific element, only one type of element may be included, or two or more types of elements may be included.
 下地層に含まれる酸化物は、上記元素(ケイ素及び特定元素)単独の酸化物の混合物(例えば、酸化ケイ素と、特定元素の酸化物と、の混合物)であってもよいし、上記元素を2種以上含む複合酸化物であってもよいし、上記元素単独の酸化物と複合酸化物との混合物であってもよい。 The oxide contained in the base layer may be a mixture of oxides of the above elements (silicon and specific elements) alone (for example, a mixture of silicon oxide and an oxide of a specific element), or a mixture of the above elements (silicon and specific elements). It may be a composite oxide containing two or more types, or a mixture of an oxide of the above element alone and a composite oxide.
 下地層中のケイ素のモル濃度に対する、下地層中の特定元素の合計モル濃度の比(特定元素/ケイ素)は、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がより優れる観点から、0.02~2.90であるのが好ましく、0.10~2.00であるのがより好ましく、0.20~1.80であるのがさらに好ましい。
 下地層中の各元素のモル濃度(モル%)は、例えば、イオンスパッタリングを用いたX線光電子分光法(XPS)による深さ方向分析によって測定できる。
The ratio of the total molar concentration of the specific element in the underlayer to the molar concentration of silicon in the underlayer (specific element/silicon) is 0.02 to 2.90 from the viewpoint of better wear resistance of the surface treatment layer. It is preferably 0.10 to 2.00, even more preferably 0.20 to 1.80.
The molar concentration (mol %) of each element in the underlayer can be measured, for example, by depth direction analysis using X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) using ion sputtering.
 下地層は、単層であっても複層であってもよい。下地層は、表面に凹凸を有していてもよい。
 下地層の厚さは、1~100nmが好ましく、1~50nmがより好ましく、2~20nmがさらに好ましい。下地層の厚さが上記下限値以上であれば、下地層による表面処理層の密着性がより向上して、表面処理層の耐摩耗性がより優れる。下地層の厚さが上記上限値以下であれば、下地層自体の耐摩耗性が優れる。
 下地層の厚さは、透過電子顕微鏡(TEM)による下地層の断面観察によって測定される。
The base layer may be a single layer or a multilayer. The base layer may have an uneven surface.
The thickness of the underlayer is preferably 1 to 100 nm, more preferably 1 to 50 nm, and even more preferably 2 to 20 nm. If the thickness of the base layer is equal to or greater than the above lower limit, the adhesion of the surface treatment layer to the base layer will be further improved, and the wear resistance of the surface treatment layer will be more excellent. If the thickness of the base layer is below the above upper limit, the base layer itself will have excellent wear resistance.
The thickness of the base layer is measured by observing a cross section of the base layer using a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
 下地層は、例えば、蒸着材料を用いた蒸着法、又は、ウェットコーティング法により形成できる。 The base layer can be formed, for example, by a vapor deposition method using a vapor deposition material or a wet coating method.
 蒸着法で用いる蒸着材料は、ケイ素及び特定元素を含む酸化物を含有することが好ましい。
 蒸着材料の形態の具体例としては、粉体、溶融体、焼結体、造粒体、破砕体が挙げられ、取り扱い性の観点から、溶融体、焼結体、造粒体が好ましい。
 ここで、溶融体とは、蒸着材料の粉体を高温で溶融させた後、冷却固化して得られた固形物を意味する。焼結体とは、蒸着材料の粉体を焼成して得られた固形物を意味し、必要に応じて、蒸着材料の粉体の代わりに、粉体をプレス成形して成形体を用いてもよい。造粒体とは、蒸着材料の粉体と液状媒体(例えば、水、有機溶媒)とを混練して粒子を得た後、粒子を乾燥させて得られた固形物を意味する。
The vapor deposition material used in the vapor deposition method preferably contains an oxide containing silicon and a specific element.
Specific examples of the form of the vapor deposition material include powder, molten body, sintered body, granulated body, and crushed body, and from the viewpoint of ease of handling, molten body, sintered body, and granulated body are preferable.
Here, the melt means a solid obtained by melting the powder of the vapor deposition material at a high temperature and then cooling and solidifying the powder. A sintered body means a solid obtained by firing a powder of a vapor deposition material, and if necessary, a molded body obtained by press-molding the powder may be used instead of a powder of a vapor deposition material. Good too. The granule refers to a solid material obtained by kneading a powder of a vapor deposition material and a liquid medium (for example, water, an organic solvent) to obtain particles, and then drying the particles.
 蒸着材料は、例えば、以下の方法で製造できる。
・酸化ケイ素の粉体と、特定元素の酸化物の粉体と、を混合して、蒸着材料の粉体を得る方法。
・上記蒸着材料の粉体及び水を混練して粒子を得た後、粒子を乾燥させて、蒸着材料の造粒体を得る方法。
・ケイ素を含む粉体(例えば、酸化ケイ素からなる粉体、珪砂、シリカゲル)と、特定元素を含む粉体(例えば、特定元素の酸化物の粉体、炭酸塩、硫酸塩、硝酸塩、シュウ酸塩、水酸化物)と、水と、を混合した混合物を乾燥させた後、乾燥後の混合物又はこれをプレス成形した成形体を焼成して、焼結体を得る方法。
・ケイ素を含む粉体(例えば、酸化ケイ素からなる粉体、珪砂、シリカゲル)と、特定元素を含む粉体(例えば、特定元素の酸化物の粉体、炭酸塩、硫酸塩、硝酸塩、シュウ酸塩、水酸化物)と、を高温で溶融させた後、溶融物を冷却固化して、溶融体を得る方法。
The vapor deposition material can be manufactured, for example, by the following method.
・A method of obtaining a vapor deposition material powder by mixing silicon oxide powder and oxide powder of a specific element.
- A method of kneading the powder of the vapor deposition material and water to obtain particles, and then drying the particles to obtain granules of the vapor deposition material.
・Powders containing silicon (e.g. powder of silicon oxide, silica sand, silica gel) and powders containing specific elements (e.g. powder of oxides of specific elements, carbonates, sulfates, nitrates, oxalic acid) A method of obtaining a sintered body by drying a mixture of salt, hydroxide) and water, and then firing the dried mixture or a press-molded body of the dried mixture.
・Powders containing silicon (e.g. powder of silicon oxide, silica sand, silica gel) and powders containing specific elements (e.g. powder of oxides of specific elements, carbonates, sulfates, nitrates, oxalic acid) (salt, hydroxide) at high temperature, and then cooled and solidified to obtain a molten product.
 蒸着材料を用いた蒸着法の具体例としては、真空蒸着法が挙げられる。真空蒸着法は、蒸着材料を真空槽内で蒸発させ、基材の表面に付着させる方法である。
 蒸着時の温度(例えば、真空蒸着装置を用いる際には、蒸着材料を配置するボートの温度)としては、100~3,000℃が好ましく、500~3,000℃がより好ましい。
 蒸着時の圧力(例えば、真空蒸着装置を用いる際には、蒸着材料を配置する槽内の圧力)としては、1Pa以下が好ましく、0.1Pa以下がより好ましい。
 蒸着材料を用いて下地層を形成する場合、1つの蒸着材料を用いてもよいし、異なる元素を含む2つ以上の蒸着材料を用いてもよい。
A specific example of a vapor deposition method using a vapor deposition material includes a vacuum vapor deposition method. The vacuum deposition method is a method in which a deposition material is evaporated in a vacuum chamber and adhered to the surface of a base material.
The temperature during vapor deposition (for example, the temperature of the boat in which the vapor deposition material is placed when using a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus) is preferably 100 to 3,000°C, more preferably 500 to 3,000°C.
The pressure during vapor deposition (for example, when using a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, the pressure in the tank in which the vapor deposition material is placed) is preferably 1 Pa or less, more preferably 0.1 Pa or less.
When forming the base layer using a vapor deposition material, one vapor deposition material may be used, or two or more vapor deposition materials containing different elements may be used.
 蒸着材料の蒸発方法の具体例としては、高融点金属製抵抗加熱用ボート上で蒸着材料を溶融し、蒸発させる抵抗加熱法、電子ビームを蒸着材料に照射し、蒸着材料を直接加熱して表面を溶融し、蒸発させる電子銃法が挙げられる。蒸着材料の蒸発方法としては、局所的に加熱できるため高融点物質も蒸発できる点、電子ビームが当たっていないところは低温であるため容器との反応や不純物の混入のおそれがない観点から、電子銃法が好ましい。
 蒸着材料の蒸発方法としては、複数のボートを用いてもよく、単独のボートに全ての蒸着材料を入れて用いてもよい。蒸着方法は、共蒸着であってもよく、交互蒸着等でもよい。具体的には、シリカと特定源を同一のボートに混合して用いる例、シリカと特定元素源とを別々のボートに入れて共蒸着する例、同様に別々のボートに入れて交互蒸着する例が挙げられる。蒸着の条件、順番等は下地層の構成により適宜選択される。
Specific examples of evaporation methods include resistance heating, in which the evaporation material is melted and evaporated on a resistance heating boat made of high-melting-point metal, and irradiation of an electron beam onto the evaporation material to directly heat the evaporation material on the surface. An example is the electron gun method, which melts and evaporates. The method of evaporating the deposition material is that it can evaporate high-melting point substances because it can be heated locally, and that there is no risk of reaction with the container or contamination with impurities because the area that is not hit by the electron beam is at a low temperature. Gun law is preferred.
As a method for evaporating the evaporation materials, a plurality of boats may be used, or all the evaporation materials may be placed in a single boat. The vapor deposition method may be codeposition, alternate vapor deposition, or the like. Specifically, examples include mixing silica and a specific element source in the same boat, co-evaporating silica and a specific element source in separate boats, and alternately depositing silica and a specific element source in separate boats. can be mentioned. The conditions, order, etc. of vapor deposition are appropriately selected depending on the structure of the underlying layer.
 ウェットコーティング法では、ケイ素を含む化合物と、特定元素を含む化合物と、液状媒体と、を含むコーティング液を用いたウェットコーティング法によって、基材上に下地層を形成することが好ましい。 In the wet coating method, it is preferable to form the base layer on the base material by a wet coating method using a coating liquid containing a compound containing silicon, a compound containing a specific element, and a liquid medium.
 ケイ素化合物の具体例としては、酸化ケイ素、ケイ酸、ケイ酸の部分縮合物、アルコキシシラン、アルコキシシランの部分加水分解縮合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of silicon compounds include silicon oxide, silicic acid, partial condensates of silicic acid, alkoxysilanes, and partially hydrolyzed condensates of alkoxysilanes.
 特定元素を含む化合物の具体例としては、特定元素の酸化物、特定元素のアルコキシド、特定元素の炭酸塩、特定元素の硫酸塩、特定元素の硝酸塩、特定元素のシュウ酸塩、特定元素の水酸化物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of compounds containing specific elements include oxides of specific elements, alkoxides of specific elements, carbonates of specific elements, sulfates of specific elements, nitrates of specific elements, oxalates of specific elements, and water of specific elements. Examples include oxides.
 液状媒体としては、上記本開示の組成物に含まれる液状媒体と同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the liquid medium include those similar to the liquid medium contained in the composition of the present disclosure described above.
 液状媒体の含有量は、下地層の形成に使用するコーティング液の全量に対して、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~10質量%がより好ましい。 The content of the liquid medium is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, based on the total amount of the coating liquid used to form the base layer.
 下地層を形成するためのウェットコーティング法の具体例としては、スピンコート法、ワイプコート法、スプレーコート法、スキージーコート法、ディップコート法、ダイコート法、インクジェット法、フローコート法、ロールコート法、キャスト法、ラングミュア・ブロジェット法、グラビアコート法が挙げられる。 Specific examples of wet coating methods for forming the base layer include spin coating, wipe coating, spray coating, squeegee coating, dip coating, die coating, inkjet, flow coating, roll coating, Examples include the cast method, Langmuir-Blodgett method, and gravure coating method.
 コーティング液をウェットコーティングした後、塗膜を乾燥させるのが好ましい。塗膜の乾燥温度としては、20~200℃が好ましく、80~160℃がより好ましい。 After wet coating the coating liquid, it is preferable to dry the coating film. The drying temperature of the coating film is preferably 20 to 200°C, more preferably 80 to 160°C.
 本開示の物品は、光学部材であることが好ましい。光学部材としては、例えば、カーナビゲーション、携帯電話、スマートフォン、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、PDA、ポータブルオーディオプレーヤー、カーオーディオ、ゲーム機器、眼鏡レンズ、カメラレンズ、レンズフィルター、サングラス、胃カメラ等の医療用器機、複写機、PC、ディスプレイ(例えば、液晶ディスプレイ、有機ELディスプレイ、プラズマディスプレイ、タッチパネルディスプレイ)、タッチパネル、保護フィルム、及び反射防止フィルムが挙げられる。特に、物品は、ディスプレイ又はタッチパネルであることが好ましい。 The article of the present disclosure is preferably an optical member. Examples of optical components include medical devices such as car navigation systems, mobile phones, smartphones, digital cameras, digital video cameras, PDAs, portable audio players, car audio, game devices, eyeglass lenses, camera lenses, lens filters, sunglasses, and gastrocameras. Examples include personal appliances, copying machines, PCs, displays (eg, liquid crystal displays, organic EL displays, plasma displays, touch panel displays), touch panels, protective films, and antireflection films. In particular, the article is preferably a display or a touch panel.
[物品の製造方法]
 本開示の物品の製造方法は、例えば、基材に対して、本開示の表面処理剤を用いて表面処理を行い、基材上に表面処理層が形成された物品を製造するという方法である。表面処理としては、ドライコーティング法及びウェットコーティング法が挙げられる。
[Method for manufacturing articles]
A method for producing an article of the present disclosure is, for example, a method of surface-treating a base material using the surface treatment agent of the present disclosure to produce an article in which a surface-treated layer is formed on the base material. . Surface treatments include dry coating methods and wet coating methods.
 ドライコーティング法としては、真空蒸着、CVD、スパッタリング等の手法が挙げられる。ドライコーティング法としては、化合物の分解を抑える点、及び装置の簡便さの観点から、真空蒸着法が好ましい。真空蒸着時には、鉄、鋼等の金属多孔体に、本開示の化合物を含浸させたペレット状物質を用いてもよい。本開示の化合物及び液状媒体を含む組成物を、鉄、鋼等の金属多孔体に含浸させ、液状媒体を乾燥させて、本開示の化合物を含浸させたペレット状物質を用いてもよい。 Examples of dry coating methods include vacuum deposition, CVD, and sputtering. As the dry coating method, a vacuum evaporation method is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing decomposition of the compound and the simplicity of the apparatus. At the time of vacuum deposition, a pellet-like substance obtained by impregnating a porous metal body such as iron or steel with the compound of the present disclosure may be used. A pellet-like material impregnated with the compound of the present disclosure may be used by impregnating a porous metal body such as iron or steel with a composition containing the compound of the present disclosure and a liquid medium, and drying the liquid medium.
 ウェットコーティング法としては、例えば、スピンコート法、ワイプコート法、スプレーコート法、スキージーコート法、ディップコート法、ダイコート法、インクジェット法、フローコート法、ロールコート法、キャスト法、ラングミュア・ブロジェット法、グラビアコート法が挙げられる。 Examples of wet coating methods include spin coating, wipe coating, spray coating, squeegee coating, dip coating, die coating, inkjet coating, flow coating, roll coating, casting, and Langmuir-Blodgett methods. , gravure coating method.
 表面処理層の耐摩耗性を向上させるために、必要に応じて、本開示の化合物と基材との反応を促進させるための操作を行ってもよい。該操作としては、加熱、加湿、光照射等が挙げられる。
 例えば、水分を有する大気中で表面処理層が形成された基材を加熱して、加水分解性基の加水分解反応、基材の表面の水酸基等とシラノール基との反応、シラノール基の縮合反応によるシロキサン結合の生成、等の反応を促進できる。
 表面処理後、表面処理層中の化合物であって、他の化合物又は基材と化学結合していない化合物は、必要に応じて除去してもよい。除去する方法としては、例えば、表面処理層に溶媒をかけ流す方法、溶媒をしみ込ませた布でふき取る方法等が挙げられる。
In order to improve the abrasion resistance of the surface treatment layer, an operation may be performed to accelerate the reaction between the compound of the present disclosure and the base material, if necessary. Such operations include heating, humidification, light irradiation, and the like.
For example, by heating a base material on which a surface treatment layer is formed in a moist atmosphere, a hydrolysis reaction of hydrolyzable groups, a reaction between hydroxyl groups, etc. on the surface of the base material and silanol groups, and a condensation reaction of silanol groups. can promote reactions such as the formation of siloxane bonds.
After the surface treatment, compounds in the surface treatment layer that are not chemically bonded to other compounds or the base material may be removed as necessary. Examples of the removal method include a method of pouring a solvent onto the surface treatment layer, a method of wiping with a cloth impregnated with a solvent, and the like.
 次に本開示の実施形態を実施例により具体的に説明するが、本開示の実施形態はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。 Next, embodiments of the present disclosure will be specifically described using Examples, but the embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to these Examples.
[合成例1:化合物(1-1)の合成]
 ジャーナル・オブ・アメリカン・ケミカル・ソサエティー(J.Am.Chem.Soc.)、2020年、142巻、18513~18521頁に記載の方法で化合物(1-1)を得た。
[Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of compound (1-1)]
Compound (1-1) was obtained by the method described in Journal of American Chemical Society (J. Am. Chem. Soc.), 2020, Vol. 142, pp. 18513-18521.

 

 
[合成例2:化合物(1-2)の合成]
 国際公開第2021/054413号に記載の方法で化合物(1-2)を得た。
[Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of compound (1-2)]
Compound (1-2) was obtained by the method described in International Publication No. 2021/054413.

 

 
[合成例3:化合物(1-3)の合成]
 化合物(1-1)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)、水素化ナトリウム(0.3g)を加え、室温(25℃)で10分間攪拌した。その後、化合物(1-2)(2.0g)を加え、80℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:酢酸エチル/ヘキサン)を行うことで、化合物(1-3)を1.5g得た。化合物(1-3)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.17~6.78(m,12H),5.78~5.49(m,3H),5.13(dt,J=13.5,1.1Hz,6H),4.28~3.88(m,4H),3.45(t,J=7.1Hz,2H),2.03~1.02(m,14H)。
[Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of compound (1-3)]
1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) and sodium hydride (0.3 g) were added to compound (1-1) (3.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25° C.) for 10 minutes. Then, compound (1-2) (2.0 g) was added, and after stirring at 80°C for 24 hours, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: ethyl acetate/hexane) was performed. By doing so, 1.5 g of compound (1-3) was obtained. The structure of compound (1-3) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.17-6.78 (m, 12H), 5.78-5.49 (m, 3H), 5.13 (dt, J = 13.5, 1 .1Hz, 6H), 4.28 to 3.88 (m, 4H), 3.45 (t, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 2.03 to 1.02 (m, 14H).

 

 
[合成例4:化合物(1-4)の合成]
 国際公開第2021/251396号の実施例に記載の方法に従い、化合物(1-4)を得た。なお、下記式(1-4)中におけるX1の平均値は14である。
[Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of compound (1-4)]
Compound (1-4) was obtained according to the method described in Examples of International Publication No. 2021/251396. Note that the average value of X1 in the following formula (1-4) is 14.

 

 
[合成例5:化合物(1-5)の合成]
 化合物(1-4)(5.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加えた後、化合物(1-3)(0.8g)を加えた。室温(25℃)で1時間攪拌した後、ビス(2-メトキシエチル)アミノ硫黄=トリフルオリド(0.95g)を加えた。80℃に加熱し1時間攪拌した後、メタノールを加えアサヒクリン(登録商標)AC-6000(C13、AGC社製)で抽出した。溶媒を留去し、シリカゲルを用いたカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:AC-6000)を行うことで、化合物(1-5)を4.6g得た。化合物(1-5)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(1-5)中におけるX1の平均値は14である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.28~6.74(m,12H),5.77~5.41(m,4H),5.13(dt,J=13.5,1.1Hz,6H),4.02(d,J=76.9Hz,4H),3.45(t,J=7.1Hz,2H),2.03~1.11(m,14H)。
[Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of compound (1-5)]
1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) was added to compound (1-4) (5.0 g), and then compound (1-3) (0.8 g) was added. After stirring at room temperature (25° C.) for 1 hour, bis(2-methoxyethyl)aminosulfur trifluoride (0.95 g) was added. After heating to 80° C. and stirring for 1 hour, methanol was added and extracted with Asahiklin (registered trademark) AC-6000 (C 6 F 13 C 2 H 5 , manufactured by AGC). The solvent was distilled off and column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: AC-6000) was performed to obtain 4.6 g of compound (1-5). The structure of compound (1-5) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X1 in the following formula (1-5) is 14.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.28-6.74 (m, 12H), 5.77-5.41 (m, 4H), 5.13 (dt, J = 13.5, 1 .1Hz, 6H), 4.02 (d, J = 76.9Hz, 4H), 3.45 (t, J = 7.1Hz, 2H), 2.03 to 1.11 (m, 14H).

 

 
[合成例6:化合物(1-6)の合成]
 化合物(1-5)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3質量%、0.1g)、アニリン(0.1g)、トリメトキシシラン(1.0g)を加え、40℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去することで、化合物(1-6)を3.2g得た。化合物(1-6)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(1-6)中におけるX1の平均値は14である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.15~6.81(m,12H),5.77~5.38(m,1H),4.02(d,J=76.9Hz,4H),3.58(s,29H),1.76~0.48(m,26H)。
[Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of compound (1-6)]
After adding 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (1-5) (3.0 g) and stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane A toluene solution of the complex (platinum content: 3% by mass, 0.1 g), aniline (0.1 g), and trimethoxysilane (1.0 g) were added, and after stirring at 40°C for 24 hours, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. In this way, 3.2 g of compound (1-6) was obtained. The structure of compound (1-6) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X1 in the following formula (1-6) is 14.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.15-6.81 (m, 12H), 5.77-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.02 (d, J = 76.9Hz, 4H ), 3.58 (s, 29H), 1.76-0.48 (m, 26H).

 

 
[合成例7:化合物(2-1)の合成]
 化合物(1-1)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)、水素化ナトリウム(0.3g)を加え、室温(25℃)で10分間攪拌した。その後、アリルブロミド(1.0g)を加え、60℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:酢酸エチル/ヘキサン)を行うことで、化合物(2-1)を1.5g得た。化合物(2-1)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.17~6.77(m,12H),5.74(ddt,J=13.7,12.6,6.2Hz,1H),5.22(dt,J=13.4,1.1Hz,2H),4.32~3.79(m,6H)。
[Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of compound (2-1)]
1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) and sodium hydride (0.3 g) were added to compound (1-1) (3.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25° C.) for 10 minutes. Then, allyl bromide (1.0 g) was added, and after stirring at 60 ° C. for 24 hours, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: ethyl acetate/hexane) was performed. 1.5 g of compound (2-1) was obtained. The structure of compound (2-1) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.17-6.77 (m, 12H), 5.74 (ddt, J=13.7, 12.6, 6.2Hz, 1H), 5.22 (dt, J=13.4, 1.1Hz, 2H), 4.32 to 3.79 (m, 6H).

 

 
[合成例8:化合物(2-2)の合成]
 化合物(2-1)(1.5g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(20g)、トリフルオロメタンスルホン酸無水物(1.3g)、2,6―ルチジン(2.3g)を加え、室温(25℃)で24時間攪拌した後、溶媒を留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:酢酸エチル/ヘキサン)を行うことで、化合物(2-2)を1.4g得た。化合物(2-2)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(2-2)中のTfはトリフルオロメチルスルホニル基である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.20~6.70(m,12H),5.74(ddt,J=13.7,12.7,6.2Hz,1H),5.22(dt,J=13.3,1.1Hz,2H),4.59(s,2H),4.24~3.67(m,4H)。
[Synthesis Example 8: Synthesis of compound (2-2)]
1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (20g), trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride (1.3g), and 2,6-lutidine (2.3g) were added to compound (2-1) (1.5g), and the mixture was heated to room temperature. After stirring at (25°C) for 24 hours, the solvent was distilled off, and 1.4 g of compound (2-2) was obtained by performing flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: ethyl acetate/hexane). Ta. The structure of compound (2-2) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that Tf in the following formula (2-2) is a trifluoromethylsulfonyl group.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.20-6.70 (m, 12H), 5.74 (ddt, J=13.7, 12.7, 6.2Hz, 1H), 5.22 (dt, J=13.3, 1.1Hz, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.24-3.67 (m, 4H).

 

 
[合成例9:化合物(2-3)の合成]
 国際公開第2013/121984号の実施例7に記載の方法に従い、化合物(2-3)を得た。なお、下記式(2-3)中におけるX1の平均値は14である。
[Synthesis Example 9: Synthesis of compound (2-3)]
Compound (2-3) was obtained according to the method described in Example 7 of International Publication No. 2013/121984. Note that the average value of X1 in the following formula (2-3) is 14.

 

 
[合成例10:化合物(2-4)の合成]
 化合物(2-3)(5g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)、炭酸セシウム(2.0g)を加え、室温(25℃)で10分間攪拌した。その後、化合物(2-2)(1.5g)を加え、100℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:アサヒクリン(登録商標)AE-3000(CFCHOCFCFH、AGC社製)/アサヒクリン(登録商標)AC-2000(C13H、AGC社製))を行うことで、化合物(2-4)を3.8g得た。化合物(2-4)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(2-4)中におけるX1の平均値は14である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.23~6.82(m,12H),5.74(ddt,J=13.7,12.6,6.2Hz,1H),5.22(dt,J=13.3,1.1Hz,2H),4.31~3.81(m,8H)。
[Synthesis Example 10: Synthesis of compound (2-4)]
1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) and cesium carbonate (2.0 g) were added to compound (2-3) (5 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25° C.) for 10 minutes. Then, compound (2-2) (1.5 g) was added, and after stirring at 100°C for 24 hours, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: Asahiklin (registered trademark)) The compound ( 2-4 _ _ ) was obtained. The structure of compound (2-4) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X1 in the following formula (2-4) is 14.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.23-6.82 (m, 12H), 5.74 (ddt, J=13.7, 12.6, 6.2Hz, 1H), 5.22 (dt, J=13.3, 1.1Hz, 2H), 4.31-3.81 (m, 8H).

 

 
[合成例11:化合物(2-5)の合成]
 化合物(2-4)(3.8g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3質量%、0.1g)、トリクロロシラン(1.0g)を加え、40℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去した。続いて、1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)、アリルマグネシウムブロミドの0.7mol/L ジエチルエーテル溶液(10mL)を加えた後、再度40℃で24時間撹拌した。反応終了後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:AE-3000/AC-2000)を行うことで、化合物(2-5)を3.0g得た。化合物(2-5)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(2-5)中におけるX1の平均値は14である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.18~6.85(m,12H),5.39(ddt,J=13.9,12.5,6.1Hz,3H),5.02(dt,J=13.1,1.1Hz,6H),4.20~3.86(m,6H),3.36(t,J=7.1Hz,2H),1.67~1.27(m,8H),0.43(t,J=7.1Hz,2H)。
[Synthesis Example 11: Synthesis of compound (2-5)]
After adding 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (2-4) (3.8 g) and stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane A toluene solution of the complex (platinum content: 3% by mass, 0.1 g) and trichlorosilane (1.0 g) were added, and after stirring at 40° C. for 24 hours, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Subsequently, 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) and a 0.7 mol/L diethyl ether solution (10 mL) of allylmagnesium bromide were added, and the mixture was stirred again at 40° C. for 24 hours. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: AE-3000/AC-2000) was performed to obtain 3.0 g of compound (2-5). The structure of compound (2-5) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X1 in the following formula (2-5) is 14.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.18-6.85 (m, 12H), 5.39 (ddt, J = 13.9, 12.5, 6.1Hz, 3H), 5.02 (dt, J=13.1, 1.1Hz, 6H), 4.20 to 3.86 (m, 6H), 3.36 (t, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 1.67 to 1. 27 (m, 8H), 0.43 (t, J=7.1Hz, 2H).

 

 
[合成例12:化合物(2-6)の合成]
 化合物(2-5)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3質量%、0.1g)、アニリン(0.1g)、トリメトキシシラン(1.5g)を加え、40℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去することで、化合物(2-6)を3.2g得た。化合物(2-6)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(2-6)中におけるX1の平均値は14である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.19~6.71(m,12H),4.25~3.83(m,6H),3.58(s,27H),3.36(t,J=7.1Hz,2H),1.43(dp,J=70.7,7.1Hz,8H),0.77~0.35(m,14H).
[Synthesis Example 12: Synthesis of compound (2-6)]
After adding 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (2-5) (3.0 g) and stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane A toluene solution of the complex (platinum content: 3% by mass, 0.1g), aniline (0.1g), and trimethoxysilane (1.5g) were added, and after stirring at 40°C for 24 hours, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. In this way, 3.2 g of compound (2-6) was obtained. The structure of compound (2-6) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X1 in the following formula (2-6) is 14.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.19-6.71 (m, 12H), 4.25-3.83 (m, 6H), 3.58 (s, 27H), 3.36 ( t, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 1.43 (dp, J=70.7, 7.1Hz, 8H), 0.77 to 0.35 (m, 14H).

 

 
[合成例13:化合物(3-2)の合成]
 平均分子量が約2,500の化合物(3-1)(10g、ゲレスト社製 製品番号:DMS-HV15)に塩化アリル(1.0g)、1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3質量%、0.1g)、アニリン(0.1g)を加えて40℃で24時間加熱攪拌した。室温(25℃)に下げた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。その後、トリス(トリメチルシリルオキシ)シラン(1.5g)、1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3質量%、0.1g)、アニリン(0.1g)を加えて40℃で24時間加熱攪拌した。反応終了後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル)を行うことで、化合物(3-2)を7.0g得た。化合物(3-2)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(3-2)中におけるX2の平均値は31である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ3.37(t,J=7.1Hz,2H),1.70(p,J=7.1Hz,2H),0.83(dt,J=20.5,7.1Hz,4H),0.37(t,J=7.1Hz,2H),0.27~-0.21(m,225H)。
[Synthesis Example 13: Synthesis of compound (3-2)]
Add allyl chloride (1.0 g) and 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (3-1) (10 g, manufactured by Gelest, product number: DMS-HV15) with an average molecular weight of about 2,500, After stirring, a toluene solution of platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane complex (platinum content: 3% by mass, 0.1 g) and aniline (0.1 g) were added. The mixture was heated and stirred at 40°C for 24 hours. After lowering the temperature to room temperature (25°C), the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. Thereafter, tris(trimethylsilyloxy)silane (1.5 g) and 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) were added, and after stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyl A toluene solution of a disiloxane complex (platinum content: 3% by mass, 0.1 g) and aniline (0.1 g) were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 40° C. for 24 hours. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate) was performed to obtain 7.0 g of compound (3-2). The structure of compound (3-2) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X2 in the following formula (3-2) is 31.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ3.37 (t, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 1.70 (p, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 0.83 (dt, J=20 .5, 7.1Hz, 4H), 0.37 (t, J=7.1Hz, 2H), 0.27 to -0.21 (m, 225H).

 

 

 

 
[合成例14:化合物(3-3)の合成]
 化合物(1-3)(1.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)、水素化ナトリウム(0.1g)を加え室温(25℃)で10分間攪拌させた後、化合物(3-2)を5g加え、80℃で24時間攪拌した。反応終了後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル)を行うことで、化合物(3-3)を3.0g得た。化合物(3-3)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(3-3)中におけるX2の平均値は31である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.14~6.60(m,12H),5.74(tt,J=13.4,6.2Hz,3H),5.04(dt,J=13.4,1.0Hz,6H),4.28(d,J=0.9Hz,4H),3.41(dt,J=20.0,7.1Hz,4H),2.05~0.98(m,16H),0.72~-0.05(m,231H)。
[Synthesis Example 14: Synthesis of compound (3-3)]
1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) and sodium hydride (0.1 g) were added to compound (1-3) (1.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25°C) for 10 minutes. 5 g of -2) was added and stirred at 80°C for 24 hours. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate) was performed to obtain 3.0 g of compound (3-3). The structure of compound (3-3) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X2 in the following formula (3-3) is 31.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.14-6.60 (m, 12H), 5.74 (tt, J = 13.4, 6.2Hz, 3H), 5.04 (dt, J = 13.4, 1.0Hz, 6H), 4.28 (d, J = 0.9Hz, 4H), 3.41 (dt, J = 20.0, 7.1Hz, 4H), 2.05 ~ 0.98 (m, 16H), 0.72 to -0.05 (m, 231H).

 

 
[合成例15:化合物(3-4)の合成]
 化合物(3-3)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3%、0.1g)、アニリン(0.1g)、トリメトキシシラン(1.0g)を加え、40℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去することで、化合物(3-4)を3.2g得た。化合物(3-4)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。なお、下記式(3-4)中におけるX2の平均値は31である。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.19~6.52(m,12H),3.58(s,27H),3.41(dt,J=20.0,7.1Hz,4H),1.58~0.90(m,22H),0.73~-0.02(m,238H)。
[Synthesis Example 15: Synthesis of compound (3-4)]
After adding 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (3-3) (3.0 g) and stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane Add a toluene solution of the complex (platinum content: 3%, 0.1 g), aniline (0.1 g), and trimethoxysilane (1.0 g), stir at 40°C for 24 hours, and then evaporate the solvent under reduced pressure. Thus, 3.2 g of compound (3-4) was obtained. The structure of compound (3-4) was confirmed from the following NMR data. Note that the average value of X2 in the following formula (3-4) is 31.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.19-6.52 (m, 12H), 3.58 (s, 27H), 3.41 (dt, J = 20.0, 7.1Hz, 4H ), 1.58 to 0.90 (m, 22H), 0.73 to -0.02 (m, 238H).

 

 
[合成例16:化合物(4-1)の合成]
 化合物(1-3)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)、水素化ナトリウム(0.3g)を加え室温(25℃)で10分間攪拌させた後、1-ブロモオクタデカン(3.0g)を加え、80℃で24時間攪拌した。反応終了後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル)を行うことで、化合物(4-1)を3.0g得た。化合物(4-1)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.18~6.80(m,12H),5.76~5.53(m,3H),5.13(dt,J=13.4,1.1Hz,6H),3.95(s,4H),3.45(t,J=7.1Hz,4H),2.06~0.75(m,49H).
[Synthesis Example 16: Synthesis of compound (4-1)]
1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10g) and sodium hydride (0.3g) were added to compound (1-3) (3.0g), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25°C) for 10 minutes. Octadecane (3.0 g) was added and stirred at 80° C. for 24 hours. After the reaction was completed, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate) was performed to obtain 3.0 g of compound (4-1). The structure of compound (4-1) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.18-6.80 (m, 12H), 5.76-5.53 (m, 3H), 5.13 (dt, J = 13.4, 1 .1Hz, 6H), 3.95 (s, 4H), 3.45 (t, J=7.1Hz, 4H), 2.06 to 0.75 (m, 49H).

 

 
[合成例17:化合物(4-2)の合成]
 化合物(4-1)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3%、0.1g)、アニリン(0.1g)、トリメトキシシラン(2.0g)を加え、40℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去することで、化合物(4-2)を4.1g得た。化合物(4-2)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.17~6.80(m,12H),3.95(s,4H),3.58(s,27H),3.45(t,J=7.1Hz,4H),1.72~0.44(m,61H).
[Synthesis Example 17: Synthesis of compound (4-2)]
After adding 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (4-1) (3.0 g) and stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane Add a toluene solution of the complex (platinum content: 3%, 0.1 g), aniline (0.1 g), and trimethoxysilane (2.0 g), stir at 40°C for 24 hours, and then evaporate the solvent under reduced pressure. Thus, 4.1 g of compound (4-2) was obtained. The structure of compound (4-2) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.17-6.80 (m, 12H), 3.95 (s, 4H), 3.58 (s, 27H), 3.45 (t, J = 7.1Hz, 4H), 1.72-0.44 (m, 61H).

 

 
[合成例18:化合物(C-1)の合成]
 特開2016-17176号公報記載の方法により化合物(C-1)を得た。
[Synthesis Example 18: Synthesis of compound (C-1)]
Compound (C-1) was obtained by the method described in JP-A-2016-17176.

 

 
[合成例19:化合物(C-2)の合成]
 特開2017-119849号公報の実施例記載の方法に従い、化合物(C-2)を得た。
[Synthesis Example 19: Synthesis of compound (C-2)]
Compound (C-2) was obtained according to the method described in Examples of JP-A-2017-119849.

 

 
[合成例20:化合物(5-1)の合成]
 化合物(1-3)(3.0g)にトルエン(20g)、臭化アリル(3.0g)、炭酸カリウム(3.0g)を加え、80℃で24時間攪拌した。濾過後、溶媒を減圧留去し、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル)を行うことで、化合物(5-1)を1.3g得た。化合物(5-1)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.31~6.85(m,12H),5.84~5.56(m,4H),5.28~4.92(m,8H),4.12(dt,J=4.8,1.0Hz,2H),3.94(d,J=6.6Hz,4H),3.51(t,J=5.3Hz,2H),1.84(dt,J=7.3,1.0Hz,6H),1.64~1.20(m,8H)。
[Synthesis Example 20: Synthesis of compound (5-1)]
Toluene (20 g), allyl bromide (3.0 g), and potassium carbonate (3.0 g) were added to compound (1-3) (3.0 g), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 24 hours. After filtration, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure and flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate) was performed to obtain 1.3 g of compound (5-1). The structure of compound (5-1) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.31-6.85 (m, 12H), 5.84-5.56 (m, 4H), 5.28-4.92 (m, 8H), 4.12 (dt, J=4.8, 1.0Hz, 2H), 3.94 (d, J=6.6Hz, 4H), 3.51 (t, J=5.3Hz, 2H), 1 .84 (dt, J=7.3, 1.0Hz, 6H), 1.64-1.20 (m, 8H).

 

 
[合成例21:化合物(5-2)の合成]
 トリメチルシラノール リチウム塩(5.1g)にTHF(20g)を加え、室温(25℃)で5分攪拌し、均一な溶液とした後、ヘキサメチルシクロトリシロキサン(76g)をTHF(101g)で希釈した溶液を1時間かけて連続添加した。連続添加終了後、1時間室温(25℃)で攪拌した。その後、クロロジメチルシランを10g加え、30分室温(25℃)で攪拌した。水とヘキサンを加えて抽出したのち、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル)を行うことで、化合物(5-2)を53g得た。化合物(5-2)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ2.14(s,1H),0.07(s,6H),-0.08(s,129H)。
[Synthesis Example 21: Synthesis of compound (5-2)]
THF (20 g) was added to trimethylsilanol lithium salt (5.1 g), stirred for 5 minutes at room temperature (25°C) to form a homogeneous solution, and then hexamethylcyclotrisiloxane (76 g) was diluted with THF (101 g). The solution was added continuously over 1 hour. After the continuous addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25°C) for 1 hour. Then, 10 g of chlorodimethylsilane was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25° C.) for 30 minutes. After extraction with water and hexane, flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate) was performed to obtain 53 g of compound (5-2). The structure of compound (5-2) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1 H-NMR (500 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ2.14 (s, 1H), 0.07 (s, 6H), -0.08 (s, 129H).

 

 
[合成例22:化合物(5-3)の合成]
 化合物(5-1)(1.3g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3%、0.1g)、化合物(5-2)(8.5g)を加え、40℃で2時間攪拌した。溶媒を減圧留去した後、シリカゲルを用いたフラッシュカラムクロマトグラフィー(展開溶媒:ヘキサン/酢酸エチル)を行うことで、化合物(5-3)を5.3g得た。化合物(5-3)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.30~6.83(m,12H),5.70(ddt,J=16.9,11.4,7.4Hz,3H),5.24~4.77(m,6H),3.95(s,4H),3.61~3.20(m,4H),1.84(dt,J=7.3,1.0Hz,6H),1.66~1.06(m,10H),0.76(t,J=9.0Hz,2H),0.09(s,135H).
[Synthesis Example 22: Synthesis of compound (5-3)]
After adding 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (5-1) (1.3 g) and stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane A toluene solution of the complex (platinum content: 3%, 0.1 g) and compound (5-2) (8.5 g) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40° C. for 2 hours. After distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, flash column chromatography using silica gel (developing solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate) was performed to obtain 5.3 g of compound (5-3). The structure of compound (5-3) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1H -NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.30-6.83 (m, 12H), 5.70 (ddt, J=16.9, 11.4, 7.4Hz, 3H), 5.24 ~4.77 (m, 6H), 3.95 (s, 4H), 3.61 ~ 3.20 (m, 4H), 1.84 (dt, J=7.3, 1.0Hz, 6H) , 1.66 to 1.06 (m, 10H), 0.76 (t, J=9.0Hz, 2H), 0.09 (s, 135H).

 

 
[合成例23:化合物(5-4)の合成]
 化合物(5-3)(3.0g)に1,3-ビストリフルオロメチルベンゼン(10g)を加え、攪拌した後、白金/1,3-ジビニル-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルジシロキサン錯体のトルエン溶液(白金含有量3%、0.1g)、アニリン(0.1g)、トリメトキシシラン(1.0g)を加え、40℃で24時間撹拌した後、溶媒を減圧留去することで、化合物(5-4)を3.2g得た。化合物(5-4)の構造は、以下のNMRデータより確認した。
H-NMR(500MHz,Chloroform-d) δ7.30~6.70(m,12H),3.95(s,4H),3.58(s,27H),3.54~3.31(m,4H),1.68~1.12(m,22H),0.72(dt,J=43.7,9.2Hz,8H),0.09(s,135H).
[Synthesis Example 23: Synthesis of compound (5-4)]
After adding 1,3-bistrifluoromethylbenzene (10 g) to compound (5-3) (3.0 g) and stirring, platinum/1,3-divinyl-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldisiloxane Add a toluene solution of the complex (platinum content: 3%, 0.1 g), aniline (0.1 g), and trimethoxysilane (1.0 g), stir at 40°C for 24 hours, and then evaporate the solvent under reduced pressure. Thus, 3.2 g of compound (5-4) was obtained. The structure of compound (5-4) was confirmed from the following NMR data.
1 H-NMR (500MHz, Chloroform-d) δ7.30-6.70 (m, 12H), 3.95 (s, 4H), 3.58 (s, 27H), 3.54-3.31 ( m, 4H), 1.68 to 1.12 (m, 22H), 0.72 (dt, J=43.7, 9.2Hz, 8H), 0.09 (s, 135H).

 

 
[物品の製造及び評価]
 合成例6、12、15、17、23、18、及び19で得た各化合物、並びにオクタデシルトリメトキシシラン(東京化成工業社製、製品コード:O0256)を用いて基材を表面処理し、それぞれ例1~8の物品を得た。表面処理方法として、各例について下記のドライコーティング法を用いた。基材としては化学強化ガラスを用いた。得られた物品について、下記の方法で評価した。結果を表1に示す。
[Manufacture and evaluation of articles]
The base material was surface-treated using each compound obtained in Synthesis Examples 6, 12, 15, 17, 23, 18, and 19, and octadecyltrimethoxysilane (manufactured by Tokyo Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd., product code: O0256), and each Articles of Examples 1-8 were obtained. As a surface treatment method, the following dry coating method was used for each example. Chemically strengthened glass was used as the base material. The obtained article was evaluated by the following method. The results are shown in Table 1.
(ドライコーティング法)
 ドライコーティングは、真空蒸着装置(ULVAC社製、VTR350M)を用いて行った(真空蒸着法)。各化合物の20質量%酢酸エチル溶液の0.5gを真空蒸着装置内のモリブデン製ボートに充填し、真空蒸着装置内を1×10-3Pa以下に排気した。化合物溶液を配置したボートを昇温速度10℃/分以下の速度で加熱し、水晶発振式膜厚計による蒸着速度が1nm/秒を超えた時点でシャッターを開けて基材の表面への製膜を開始させた。膜厚が約50nmとなった時点でシャッターを閉じて基材の表面への製膜を終了させた。化合物が堆積された基材を、150℃で30分間加熱処理し、基材の表面に表面層を有する物品を得た。
(Dry coating method)
The dry coating was performed using a vacuum evaporation device (VTR350M, manufactured by ULVAC) (vacuum evaporation method). 0.5 g of a 20% by mass ethyl acetate solution of each compound was filled into a molybdenum boat in a vacuum evaporation apparatus, and the inside of the vacuum evaporation apparatus was evacuated to 1×10 −3 Pa or less. The boat containing the compound solution is heated at a temperature increase rate of 10°C/min or less, and when the deposition rate exceeds 1 nm/sec using a crystal oscillation type film thickness meter, the shutter is opened to deposit the compound solution onto the surface of the substrate. The membrane was started. When the film thickness reached approximately 50 nm, the shutter was closed to complete the film formation on the surface of the substrate. The substrate on which the compound was deposited was heat-treated at 150° C. for 30 minutes to obtain an article having a surface layer on the surface of the substrate.
(評価方法)
<接触角の測定方法>
 表面層の表面に置いた約2μLの蒸留水の接触角を、接触角測定装置(協和界面科学社製、DM-500)を用いて測定した。表面層の表面における異なる5箇所で測定し、その平均値を算出した。接触角の算出には2θ法を用いた。
 評価基準は下記のとおりである。
 初期水接触角:
 A  :108度以上である。
 B :108度未満である。
(Evaluation method)
<Method of measuring contact angle>
The contact angle of about 2 μL of distilled water placed on the surface of the surface layer was measured using a contact angle measuring device (DM-500, manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). Measurements were made at five different locations on the surface of the surface layer, and the average value was calculated. The 2θ method was used to calculate the contact angle.
The evaluation criteria are as follows.
Initial water contact angle:
A: It is 108 degrees or more.
B: Less than 108 degrees.
<耐摩耗性(スチールウール)>
 表面層について、JIS L0849:2013(ISO 105-X12:2001)に準拠して往復式トラバース試験機(ケイエヌテー社製)を用い、スチールウールボンスター(♯0000)を圧力:98.07kPa、速度:320cm/分で1万回往復させた後、前記方法により水接触角を測定した。摩耗後の撥水性(水接触角)の低下が小さいほど摩擦による性能の低下が小さく、耐摩耗性に優れる。評価基準は下記のとおりである。
 AA:1万回往復後の水接触角の変化が5度以下である。
 A :1万回往復後の水接触角の変化が5度超10度以下である。
 B :1万回往復後の水接触角の変化が10度超20度以下である。
 C :1万回往復後の水接触角の変化が20度超である。
<Abrasion resistance (steel wool)>
Regarding the surface layer, steel wool Bonstar (#0000) was tested using a reciprocating traverse tester (manufactured by KNT) in accordance with JIS L0849:2013 (ISO 105-X12:2001) at a pressure of 98.07 kPa and a speed of 320 cm. After reciprocating at a rate of 10,000 times per minute, the water contact angle was measured by the method described above. The smaller the drop in water repellency (water contact angle) after wear, the smaller the drop in performance due to friction, and the better the wear resistance. The evaluation criteria are as follows.
AA: Change in water contact angle after 10,000 reciprocations is 5 degrees or less.
A: The change in water contact angle after 10,000 reciprocations is more than 5 degrees and less than 10 degrees.
B: Change in water contact angle after 10,000 reciprocations is more than 10 degrees and less than 20 degrees.
C: Change in water contact angle after 10,000 reciprocations exceeds 20 degrees.

 

 
 上記例において、例1~5は実施例であり、例6~8は比較例である。表1に示されるように、例1~5では撥水性及び耐摩耗性のいずれの評価も良好だが、例6~8では優れた撥水性及び耐摩耗性を両立できない。例3と5とを比較して、式(B1)におけるX2が21である例5の方が耐摩耗性に優れていた。 In the above examples, Examples 1 to 5 are examples, and Examples 6 to 8 are comparative examples. As shown in Table 1, Examples 1 to 5 have good evaluations of both water repellency and abrasion resistance, but Examples 6 to 8 cannot achieve both excellent water repellency and abrasion resistance. Comparing Examples 3 and 5, Example 5 in which X2 in formula (B1) was 21 was superior in wear resistance.
 本開示の化合物は、表面処理剤として有用である。表面処理剤は、例えば、タッチパネルディスプレイ等の表示装置、光学素子、半導体素子、建築材料、自動車部品、ナノインプリント技術等における基材に対して用いることができる。また、表面処理剤は、電車、自動車、船舶、航空機等の輸送機器におけるボディー、窓ガラス(フロントガラス、サイドガラス、リアガラス)、ミラー、バンパー等に対して用いることができる。さらに、表面処理剤は、建築物外壁、テント、太陽光発電モジュール、遮音板、コンクリート等の屋外物品;漁網、虫取り網、水槽に対して用いることができる。また、表面処理剤は、台所、風呂場、洗面台、鏡、トイレ周辺部品;シャンデリア、タイル等の陶磁器;人工大理石、エアコン等の各種屋内設備に対して用いることができる。また、表面処理剤は、工場内の治具、内壁、配管等の防汚処理としても用いることができる。また、表面処理剤は、ゴーグル、眼鏡、ヘルメット、パチンコ、繊維、傘、遊具、サッカーボールに対して用いることができる。また、表面処理剤は、食品用包材、化粧品用包材、ポットの内部等の各種包材の付着防止剤としても用いることができる。また、表面処理剤は、カーナビゲーション、携帯電話、スマートフォン、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、PDA、ポータブルオーディオプレーヤー、カーオーディオ、ゲーム機器、眼鏡レンズ、カメラレンズ、レンズフィルター、サングラス、胃カメラ等の医療用器機、複写機、PC、ディスプレイ(例えば、液晶ディスプレイ、有機ELディスプレイ、プラズマディスプレイ、タッチパネルディスプレイ)、タッチパネル、保護フィルム、及び反射防止フィルム等の光学部材に対して用いることができる。 The compounds of the present disclosure are useful as surface treatment agents. The surface treatment agent can be used, for example, for substrates in display devices such as touch panel displays, optical elements, semiconductor elements, building materials, automobile parts, nanoimprint technology, and the like. Furthermore, the surface treatment agent can be used for bodies, window glasses (windshields, side glasses, rear glasses), mirrors, bumpers, etc. of transportation equipment such as trains, automobiles, ships, and airplanes. Furthermore, the surface treatment agent can be used for outdoor articles such as building exterior walls, tents, solar power generation modules, sound insulation boards, and concrete; fishing nets, insect nets, and aquariums. Furthermore, the surface treatment agent can be used for various indoor equipment such as kitchens, bathrooms, washstands, mirrors, toilet peripheral parts; ceramics such as chandeliers and tiles; artificial marble, and air conditioners. Furthermore, the surface treatment agent can be used as an antifouling treatment for jigs, inner walls, piping, etc. in a factory. Furthermore, the surface treatment agent can be used for goggles, glasses, helmets, pachinko machines, textiles, umbrellas, play equipment, and soccer balls. Furthermore, the surface treatment agent can also be used as an adhesion prevention agent for various packaging materials such as food packaging materials, cosmetic packaging materials, and the inside of pots. In addition, surface treatment agents are used for medical applications such as car navigation systems, mobile phones, smartphones, digital cameras, digital video cameras, PDAs, portable audio players, car audio, game equipment, eyeglass lenses, camera lenses, lens filters, sunglasses, and gastrocameras. It can be used for optical members such as appliances, copying machines, PCs, displays (for example, liquid crystal displays, organic EL displays, plasma displays, touch panel displays), touch panels, protective films, and antireflection films.
 2022年4月28日に出願された日本国特許出願第2022-074712号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。また、本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-074712 filed on April 28, 2022 is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. In addition, all documents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned herein are incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. , incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (14)

  1.  トリプチセン骨格と、反応性シリル基と、疎水性部分構造と、を含む化合物。 A compound containing a triptycene skeleton, a reactive silyl group, and a hydrophobic partial structure.
  2.  前記反応性シリル基は、前記トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位のいずれか一方に直接又は連結基を介して結合しており、
     前記疎水性部分構造は、前記トリプチセン骨格の9位及び10位の他方に直接又は連結基を介して結合している、
     請求項1に記載の化合物。
    The reactive silyl group is bonded to either the 9-position or the 10-position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group,
    The hydrophobic partial structure is bonded to the other of the 9-position and 10-position of the triptycene skeleton directly or via a linking group,
    A compound according to claim 1.
  3.  前記疎水性部分構造は、ポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、及び炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖からなる群より選択される少なくとも一種を含む、請求項1に記載の化合物。 The hydrophobic partial structure according to claim 1, wherein the hydrophobic partial structure includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms. Compound.
  4.  前記疎水性部分構造は、ポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、及び炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖からなる群より選択される少なくとも一種を含む、請求項2に記載の化合物。 3. The hydrophobic partial structure includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, and an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms. Compound.
  5.  下記式(1)で表される化合物。
     (T-Z)-L-Tr-Y(-Si(R 3-n  …  (1)
     式(1)中、
     Tはそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基であり、
     Zはそれぞれ独立にポリオキシフルオロアルキレン鎖、ポリジアルキルシロキサン残基、ポリオキシアルキレン鎖、又は炭素数10以上のアルキレン鎖であり、
     Lは単結合又は(m+1)価の連結基であって、Trで表される連結基の9位に結合し、
     Trはトリプチセンから9位の水素原子及び10位の水素原子を除した連結基であり、
     Yは単結合又は(g+1)価の連結基であって、Trで表される連結基の10位に結合し、
     Rはそれぞれ独立に1価の炭化水素基であり、
     Lはそれぞれ独立に加水分解性基又は水酸基であり、
     mは1~3の整数であり、
     nは0~2の整数であり、
     gは1以上の整数である。
    A compound represented by the following formula (1).
    (T-Z) m -L 1 -Tr-Y 1 (-Si(R 1 ) n L 2 3-n ) g ... (1)
    In formula (1),
    T is each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group,
    Z is each independently a polyoxyfluoroalkylene chain, a polydialkylsiloxane residue, a polyoxyalkylene chain, or an alkylene chain having 10 or more carbon atoms,
    L 1 is a single bond or a (m+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 9-position of the linking group represented by Tr,
    Tr is a linking group obtained by removing the hydrogen atom at the 9-position and the hydrogen atom at the 10-position from triptycene,
    Y 1 is a single bond or a (g+1)-valent linking group, which is bonded to the 10th position of the linking group represented by Tr,
    R 1 is each independently a monovalent hydrocarbon group,
    L 2 is each independently a hydrolyzable group or a hydroxyl group,
    m is an integer from 1 to 3,
    n is an integer from 0 to 2,
    g is an integer of 1 or more.
  6.  前記式(1)中のmが1である、請求項5に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 5, wherein m in the formula (1) is 1.
  7.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の化合物と、液状媒体と、を含む組成物。 A composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 and a liquid medium.
  8.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の化合物を含む、表面処理剤。 A surface treatment agent comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  9.  さらに液状媒体を含む、請求項8に記載の表面処理剤。 The surface treatment agent according to claim 8, further comprising a liquid medium.
  10.  基材に対して、請求項8に記載の表面処理剤を用いて表面処理を行い、基材上に表面処理層が形成された物品を製造する、物品の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an article, comprising performing a surface treatment on a base material using the surface treatment agent according to claim 8 to manufacture an article having a surface treatment layer formed on the base material.
  11.  基材に対して、請求項9に記載の表面処理剤を用いて表面処理を行い、基材上に表面処理層が形成された物品を製造する、物品の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an article, comprising performing a surface treatment on a base material using the surface treatment agent according to claim 9, and manufacturing an article in which a surface treatment layer is formed on the base material.
  12.  基材と、前記基材上に配置され、請求項8に記載の表面処理剤で表面処理された表面処
    理層と、を含む物品。
    An article comprising a base material and a surface treatment layer disposed on the base material and surface treated with the surface treatment agent according to claim 8.
  13.  前記物品が光学部材である、請求項12に記載の物品。 The article according to claim 12, wherein the article is an optical member.
  14.  前記物品がディスプレイ又はタッチパネルである、請求項12に記載の物品。 The article according to claim 12, wherein the article is a display or a touch panel.
PCT/JP2023/014916 2022-04-28 2023-04-12 Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article manufacturing method, and article WO2023210378A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-074712 2022-04-28
JP2022074712 2022-04-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023210378A1 true WO2023210378A1 (en) 2023-11-02

Family

ID=88518458

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/014916 WO2023210378A1 (en) 2022-04-28 2023-04-12 Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article manufacturing method, and article

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023210378A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06267731A (en) * 1993-03-12 1994-09-22 Daikin Ind Ltd Surface-modified magnetic particle, manufacture thereof and magnetic fluid containing the same
JP2006131509A (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-05-25 Sharp Corp Method for producing silanized pentacene precursor and organic thin film by using the same
WO2014111980A1 (en) * 2013-01-16 2014-07-24 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 Triptycene derivative useful as material for forming self-assembled film, method for producing said derivative, film produced using said derivative, and method for producing said film
WO2019151462A1 (en) * 2018-02-02 2019-08-08 株式会社シード Polymer including polymerizable triptycene derivative compound as component
WO2021060042A1 (en) * 2019-09-25 2021-04-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Compound, composition, film, structural body, and electronic device
WO2023282114A1 (en) * 2021-07-09 2023-01-12 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Pattern forming method and plasma processing method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06267731A (en) * 1993-03-12 1994-09-22 Daikin Ind Ltd Surface-modified magnetic particle, manufacture thereof and magnetic fluid containing the same
JP2006131509A (en) * 2004-11-02 2006-05-25 Sharp Corp Method for producing silanized pentacene precursor and organic thin film by using the same
WO2014111980A1 (en) * 2013-01-16 2014-07-24 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 Triptycene derivative useful as material for forming self-assembled film, method for producing said derivative, film produced using said derivative, and method for producing said film
WO2019151462A1 (en) * 2018-02-02 2019-08-08 株式会社シード Polymer including polymerizable triptycene derivative compound as component
WO2021060042A1 (en) * 2019-09-25 2021-04-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Compound, composition, film, structural body, and electronic device
WO2023282114A1 (en) * 2021-07-09 2023-01-12 東京エレクトロン株式会社 Pattern forming method and plasma processing method

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ISHIWARI FUMITAKA, OKABE GEN, OGIWARA HIBIKI, KAJITANI TAKASHI, TOKITA MASATOSHI, TAKATA MASAKI, FUKUSHIMA TAKANORI: "Terminal Functionalization with a Triptycene Motif That Dramatically Changes the Structural and Physical Properties of an Amorphous Polymer", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 140, no. 41, 17 October 2018 (2018-10-17), pages 13497 - 13502, XP093105554, ISSN: 0002-7863, DOI: 10.1021/jacs.8b09242 *
SETAKA WATARU, NIRENGI TAKAYOSHI, KABUTO CHIZUKO, KIRA MITSUO: "Introduction of Clutch Function into a Molecular Gear System by Silane−Silicate Interconversion", JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 130, no. 47, 26 November 2008 (2008-11-26), pages 15762 - 15763, XP093105555, ISSN: 0002-7863, DOI: 10.1021/ja805777p *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2982702B1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, fluorine-containing ether composition, and coating solution, as well as substrate having surface layer, and method for manufacturing same
CN109071797B (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, coating liquid, article, and novel compound
KR102531226B1 (en) Fluorinated ether compositions, coating solutions and articles
WO2021131960A1 (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, surface treatment agent, fluorine-containing ether composition, coating liquid, article, and manufacturing method for article
CN113165346B (en) Fluorine-containing ether compound, composition, and article
WO2023181863A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article and method for producing article
WO2021060537A1 (en) Fluorine-containing compound, fluorine-containing compound-containing composition, coating solution, article, and method for producing article
JP7472794B2 (en) Substrate with water- and oil-repellent layer, deposition material, and method for producing substrate with water- and oil-repellent layer
WO2023210378A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article manufacturing method, and article
JP7428142B2 (en) Vapor deposition material, and method for producing a base material with a base layer and a base material with a water- and oil-repellent layer using the same
WO2022059620A1 (en) Substrate provided with water-and-oil repellent layer, and method for producing substrate with water-and-oil repellent layer
JP7415951B2 (en) Substrate with water- and oil-repellent layer, vapor deposition material, and manufacturing method of substrate with water- and oil-repellent layer
JP7468355B2 (en) Substrate with water- and oil-repellent layer, deposition material, and method for producing substrate with water- and oil-repellent layer
WO2023181866A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article manufacturing method, and article
WO2023204021A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, method for manufacturing article, and article
WO2023204020A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treating agent, method for producing article, and article
WO2023181867A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article manufacturing method, and article
WO2023181864A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article and method for producing article
JP2021172842A (en) Substrate with water and oil repellent layer, vapor deposition material, and manufacturing method of substrate with water and oil repellent layer
WO2023218889A1 (en) Composition, compound, surface treatment agent, article and method for producing article
WO2023181865A1 (en) Compound, composition, surface treatment agent, article, and method for producing article
JPWO2020137990A1 (en) A method for manufacturing a vapor-deposited material, a base material with a base layer, and a method for manufacturing a base material with a water-repellent and oil-repellent layer.
JPWO2020137993A1 (en) A method for manufacturing a vapor-deposited material, a base material with a base layer, and a method for manufacturing a base material with a water-repellent and oil-repellent layer.
WO2023210469A1 (en) Surface treatment agent, method for producing article, article, and compound
WO2023218890A1 (en) Composition, compound, surface treatment agent, article, and method for producing article

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23796122

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1